Nothing Special   »   [go: up one dir, main page]

Trimble Earthworks Excavator Operators Manual V2.12.xA ENG

Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 261

Operator's Manual

Trimble® Earthworks
Excavator

Version 2.12.x
Revision A
February 2023
Contents

1 Controls and Guidance 9


1.1 Viewing Licenses 10
1.1.1 License types 10
1.1.2 Starter Edition licenses 11
1.1.3 Status icons 12
1.1.4 License information 12
1.2 Remote Switch 13
1.2.1 Depth and Slope mode functionality 13
1.2.2 Design mode functionality 14
1.3 On-screen Lightbars 14
1.3.1 The Lightbars screen 14
1.3.2 Understanding lightbar information 15
1.3.3 Useful text items 18
1.3.4 System buzzer 18
1.3.5 Troubleshooting 18
1.4 External Lightbars 18
1.4.1 The Lightbars screen 19
1.4.2 External lightbar behavior 19
1.4.3 Useful text items 21
1.4.4 System buzzer 22
1.4.5 Troubleshooting 22
1.5 Measure Mode 22
1.5.1 Position the machine 23
1.5.2 Using the Measure mode screen 23
1.6 Transferring Files 23
1.6.1 File categories 24
1.6.2 File structure for external storage devices 24
1.6.3 Syncing files with the Connected Community 24
1.6.4 Transferring files via an external storage device 25
1.6.5 Importing files to your machine 26
1.6.6 Exporting files from the machine 27
1.6.7 Using custom file import 27
1.6.8 Troubleshooting 28
1.6.9 System operation in Android 11 28
1.7 Using the AR camera 29
1.7.1 Supported operation 29
1.7.2 Setting the camera feed to display on a view pane 29
1.7.3 Calibrating the AR camera 30
1.7.4 AR camera calibration best practice 31
1.7.5 AR camera settings 31
1.7.6 Re-enabling the camera 32
1.7.7 Troubleshooting 32
1.8 Network 32

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 2


2 Using Depth and Slope Guidance 34
2.1 Using Depth and Slope Mode 35
2.1.1 The work screen 35
2.1.2 Overlays 36
2.1.3 System settings 37
2.1.4 The Back icon 38
2.1.5 For more information 38
2.2 Bench Heading 38
2.2.1 One point method 39
2.2.2 Two point method 39
2.2.3 When to re-bench your heading 40
2.2.4 Useful text items 40
2.2.5 Troubleshooting 40
2.3 Bench Elevation 41
2.3.1 Bench with a relative elevation 41
2.3.2 Bench with a reference elevation (known elevation) 43
2.3.3 When to re-bench your elevation 45
2.3.4 Placement of sections at the bench point 45
2.3.5 Useful text items 45
2.4 Slope and Section Memories 45
2.4.1 Mainfall memories 46
2.4.2 Cross slope memories 47
2.4.3 Section memories 47
2.5 Touch Point 52
2.5.1 Rotation limitations 53
2.5.2 Using Touch Point 53
2.5.3 Text items 54
2.6 Laser Referencing – Transfer Bench 54
2.6.1 Rotation limitations 55
2.6.2 Laser icons 55
2.6.3 Transfer bench information for level surfaces 55
2.6.4 Transfer bench information for sloping surfaces and sections 57
2.7 Offset From Laser 58
2.7.1 Rotation limitations 59
2.7.2 Laser icons 59
2.7.3 Using offset from laser for level surfaces 59
2.7.4 Using offset from laser for sloping surfaces and sections 61

3 Using Infield Guidance 63


3.1 Infield Designs 64
3.1.1 Level pad design 64
3.1.2 Slope design 64
3.1.3 Alignment & Section design 65

4 Using Design Guidance 75


4.1 Using Design Mode 76

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 3


4.1.1 Selecting Design mode 76
4.1.2 The work screen 76
4.1.3 Overlays 77
4.1.4 System settings 78
4.1.5 The Back icon 79
4.2 Using Elevation Offsets 79
4.2.1 Accessing the Elevation Offset screen 80
4.2.2 The Elevation Offset screen 80
4.2.3 Applying an elevation offset 81
4.2.4 Creating, editing or deleting memories 81
4.3 Horizontal Guidance 82
4.3.1 Access the Horizontal Guidance screen 82
4.3.2 The Horizontal Guidance screen 82
4.3.3 Horizontal position information 84
4.3.4 Creating, editing or deleting memories 84
4.4 Vertical Guidance 84
4.4.1 Access the Attachments screen 85
4.4.2 The Attachments screen 85
4.4.3 Overcut Protection 87
4.4.4 Edit the cutting edge length 88
4.4.5 Troubleshooting 88
4.5 Working with Points 88
4.5.1 Displaying points 88
4.5.2 Filtering points 88
4.5.3 Deleting a point 89
4.5.4 Recording a point 89
4.5.5 How to record a point 90
4.5.6 Point files 91
4.5.7 Navigating to a point 91
4.5.8 Troubleshooting 92
4.6 Measured Data 92
4.6.1 Creating a Measured Data 92
4.6.2 Deleting a Measured Data 92
4.6.3 Changing the Measured Data of a point 93
4.7 3D Line Guidance 93
4.7.1 Loading a 3D lines file 93
4.7.2 Accessing the 3D Line Guidance screen 94
4.7.3 Selecting a 3D line for guidance 95
4.7.4 Changing 3D line guidance 95
4.7.5 Lightbar guidance to a 3D line 95
4.7.6 Useful text items 95
4.8 Lane Guidance 95
4.8.1 Holding your attachment onto a surface or lane 96
4.8.2 Extending a lane sideways 96
4.8.3 The shortcut key 97
4.8.4 The Lane Guidance screen 97
4.8.5 Lane Guidance limits 98

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 4


4.8.6 Troubleshooting 99
4.9 Using GNSS 99
4.9.1 Troubleshooting 99

5 Using Single-3D Guidance 101


5.1 Using UTS for Guidance 102
5.1.1 The UTS Settings screen 102
5.1.2 The UTS Management screen 102
5.1.3 Troubleshooting UTS guidance 107
5.2 Using Single GNSS for Guidance 108
5.3 Best Practices When Using Single-3D Guidance 109
5.3.1 UTS 109
5.3.2 GNSS 109

6 Using Depth Autos 111


6.1 Depth Autos Setup 112
6.1.1 Depth Autos status indicators 112
6.1.2 Arm and Engage Depth Autos 113
6.1.3 Troubleshooting 115
6.2 Depth Autos Optimization 115
6.2.1 Presets 115
6.2.2 Optimize the Depth Autos performance 117
6.3 Best Practices When Using Depth Autos 121
6.3.1 Prepare the machine 122
6.3.2 Best practices for operating excavators 122

7 Using Tiltrotator Attachments 129


7.1 Using Tiltrotators 130
7.1.1 Plan view 130
7.1.2 Cross section view 131
7.1.3 Profile view 131
7.1.4 3D view 132
7.1.5 Useful text items 132
7.2 Tilt Autos Setup 132
7.2.1 Tilt Autos status indicators 133
7.2.2 Arm and Engage Tilt Autos 134
7.2.3 Troubleshooting 135
7.3 Tilt Autos Optimization 135
7.3.1 Presets 136
7.3.2 Optimize the Tilt Autos performance 138
7.4 Depth and Tilt Autos Setup 139
7.4.1 Depth and Tilt Autos status indicators 139
7.4.2 Arm and Engage Depth and Tilt Autos 140
7.4.3 Troubleshooting 142
7.5 Depth and Tilt Autos Optimization 142
7.5.1 Presets 143

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 5


7.5.2 Optimize the Depth and Tilt Autos performance 145
7.6 Best Practices When Using Tilt Autos 149
7.6.1 Prepare the machine 149
7.6.2 Best practices for operating excavators 150

8 Mapping 153
8.1 Mapping 154
8.1.1 Using mapping 154
8.1.2 Start mapping with an empty map 155
8.1.3 Start mapping with a pre-mapped surface 155
8.1.4 Downloading ground surface data from an online source 156
8.1.5 Deleting map data 156
8.1.6 Inspecting a map 157
8.1.7 The work screen 157
8.1.8 For more information 159
8.1.9 Troubleshooting 159

9 Avoidance Zones 160


9.1 Avoidance Zones 161
9.1.1 Avoidance zone icons 161
9.1.2 The work screen 162
9.1.3 Machine boundary 162
9.1.4 Troubleshooting 162

10 Viewing third party apps 163


10.1 Viewing the Trimble LOADRITE Payload Management app 164

A Remote Switch and Joystick Switches on other machine models 165


A.1 Joystick Switches and Remote Switch on Cat NGH mini/micro machines 166
A.1.1 Factory Standard Joystick Switch 166
A.1.2 Remote Switch 166
A.1.3 Depth and Slope mode functionality 166
A.1.4 Design mode functionality 167

B Using Autos on other machine models 169


B.1 Depth Autos Setup, Tilt Autos Setup, or Both – Trimble Autos on Cat NGH series 07
machines 170
B.1.1 Autos status indicators 170
B.1.2 Enable and Engage Autos 171
B.1.3 Troubleshooting 174
B.2 Depth Autos Optimization, Tilt Autos Optimization, or Both – Trimble Autos on Cat NGH
series 07 machines 174
B.2.1 Presets 175
B.2.2 Optimize the Depth and Tilt Autos performance 176
B.3 Depth Autos Setup, Tilt Autos Setup with a Non-Integrated Tiltrotator, or Both – Trimble
Autos on Cat NGH series 07 machines 181
B.3.1 Autos status indicators 181

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 6


B.3.2 Enable and Engage Autos 182
B.3.3 Troubleshooting 185
B.4 Depth Autos Optimization, Tilt Autos Optimization with a Non-Integrated Tiltrotator, or
Both – Trimble Autos on Cat NGH series 07 machines 186
B.4.1 Presets 186
B.4.2 Optimize the Depth and Tilt Autos performance 188
B.5 Best Practices When Using Depth Autos – Trimble Autos on Cat NGH series 07 machines 192
B.5.1 Prepare the machine 192
B.5.2 Best practices for operating excavators 193
B.6 Best Practices When Using Tilt Autos – Trimble Autos on Cat NGH series 07 machines 198
B.6.1 Prepare the machine 199
B.6.2 Best practices for operating excavators 199
B.7 Depth Autos Setup on Cat NGH mini/micro machines 200
B.7.1 Depth Autos status indicators 201
B.7.2 Arm and Engage Depth Autos 201
B.7.3 Troubleshooting 203
B.8 Depth Autos Optimization on Cat NGH mini/micro machines 203
B.8.1 Presets 203
B.8.2 Optimize the Depth Autos performance 205
B.9 Tilt Autos Setup on Cat NGH mini/micro machines 209
B.9.1 Tilt Autos status indicators 210
B.9.2 Enable and Engage Tilt Autos 211
B.9.3 Troubleshooting 213
B.10 Tilt Autos Optimization on Cat NGH mini/micro machines 213
B.10.1 Presets 213
B.10.2 Optimize the Tilt Autos performance 215
B.11 Depth and Tilt Autos Setup on Cat NGH mini/micro machines 216
B.11.1 Depth and Tilt Autos status indicators 217
B.11.2 Enable and Engage Depth and Tilt Autos 218
B.11.3 Troubleshooting 220
B.12 Depth and Tilt Autos Optimization on Cat NGH mini/micro machines 221
B.12.1 Presets 221
B.12.2 Optimize the Depth and Tilt Autos performance 223
B.13 Best Practices When Using Depth Autos on Cat NGH mini/micro machines 227
B.13.1 Prepare the machine 228
B.13.2 Best practices for operating excavators 228
B.14 Best Practices When Using Tilt Autos on Cat NGH mini/micro machines 234
B.14.1 Prepare the machine 235
B.14.2 Best practices for operating excavators 235

C Using Tiltrotators on other machine models 238


C.1 Using Tiltrotators on Cat NGH mini/micro machines 239
C.1.1 Plan view 239
C.1.2 Cross section view 240
C.1.3 Profile view 240
C.1.4 3D view 241
C.1.5 Useful text items 241

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 7


D Legal and Regulatory 242
D.1 END USER LICENSE AGREEMENT 243
D.2 Copyright Information 249
D.3 Compliance notices 249
D.3.1 US FCC regulations 249
D.3.2 Canadian license-exempt RSS standards 250
D.3.3 European Union CE compliance 251
D.3.4 European Union recycling compliance 251
D.3.5 Australian and New Zealand AS/NZS 55022 compliance 251
D.3.6 Japan Radio Type Approval 252
D.3.7 RoHS Statement 252
D.3.8 Taiwan 252
D.4 Safety information 252
D.4.1 Laser Safety 253
D.4.2 Magnet Safety 254
D.4.3 Crushing prevention and cutting prevention 254
D.4.4 Operation 254
D.4.5 Exposure to radio frequency (RF) signals 256
D.4.6 Telecommunications & Internet Association (TIA) information 257
D.4.7 Warnings 257

Notices 261

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 8


1
Controls and Guidance
In this chapter:
Viewing Licenses
Remote Switch
On-screen Lightbars
External Lightbars
Measure Mode
Transferring Files
Using the AR camera
Network

You need to set up and control the guidance system and understand the guidance
information the system provides. This chapter describes, in general terms, how these
components are used.

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 9


1 Controls and Guidance

1.1 Viewing Licenses


To view the Licenses screen:
l From the Dashboard, tap the Licenses tile.
l From the System Settings menu, select Licenses.

Your technician can install licenses manually on your system, or sync them with the cloud. If
the installed license is from the cloud, a cloud icon displays.

1.1.1 License types


Licenses enable different levels of functionality within the system. The following types of
licenses are available:

License Type Description


Core license Allows the system to operate and provide basic machine
guidance.
Software maintenance Bundled together with the core license to allow users to
license install upgrades during the period of validity.
Module license Optional licenses that build on the core license to provide
additional functionality. For example, Infield Designs, 3D
Design Guidance.
Advanced module Optional licenses that build on the core license to provide
license advanced functionality. For example, Earthmoving,
workflow optimization.
GNSS receiver license Required together with some module licenses if GNSS
receivers are used for the guidance solution. The license
name depicts the type of corrections received. For
example, Left GNSS Receiver with Full RTK Precision.
GNSS constellation Optional GNSS receiver licenses you can enable to receive
license signals from the following GNSS constellations:
l Global Positioning Satellite System (GLONASS)
satellites, operated by the Russian Department of
Defense.
l Galileo Satellite System, operated by the European
Space Agency.
l BeiDou Navigation Satellite System (BDS) satellites,
operated by the Chinese National Space
Administration.

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 10


1 Controls and Guidance

License Type Description


Note – By default, all GNSS receivers can receive signals from
the Global Positioning System (GPS) satellites, operated by the
United States Department of Defense and Quasi-Zenith
Satellite System (QZSS) satellites, operated by the Japanese
Satellite Positioning.

1.1.2 Starter Edition licenses


Starter Edition (SE) licenses provide a reduced excavator feature set with limited 3D
functionality. Both an SE module license and the core excavator license is required.

SE licenses can be identified in the Licenses screen as: Module License – Excavator, 3D
Guidance, SE.

The SE license supports:


l 3D guidance to office and infield designs
l Horizontal guidance to lines and offsets
l Infield design creation including levels, slopes, and alignments and profiles.
l Navigate to point on infield designs
l Perpendicular and vertical lifts and offsets
l Point recording
l Tag file support
l UTS guidance
l Trimble LOADRITE Payload Management app support (if you have the Loadrite
license and hardware)

The SE license does not support:


l 3D office and infield design automatics
l On–Machine augmented reality
l Mapping
l Navigate to point on office designs
l Lane guidance
l Multiple surfaces
l Avoidance zones
l Module License – Excavator, Advanced Positioning and Controls
l Module License – Earthmoving, Workflow Optimization

For full functionality, your technician can upgrade your SE license. An upgraded SE license
can be identified in the Licenses screen as: Module Bundle – Infield Designs, 3D Guidance,
Upgrade from HEX SE.

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 11


1 Controls and Guidance

When the upgrade from SE license is applied to a system with an SE license the system will
have the same functionality as one with the Infield Designs, 3D Guidance license. For
example, Module Bundle – Infield Designs, 3D Guidance.

1.1.3 Status icons


The system provides a status icon beside each license, as shown below:

Icon Type Description


Good For the current configuration, the license is
installed correctly.
Attention l For the current configuration, a license that
is expected, and which adds functionality, is
missing or expired.
l The installed license is about to expire.
Warning For the current configuration, a license that is
required is missing or expired.
None A device is connected, but has no license installed.

1.1.4 License information


Tap on an installed license for more information. An information panel displays the
following details:

License Attributes Description


Functionality Description of the functionality that the license provides.
Status Whether the license is installed or not installed.
Type l Perpetual – an open-ended license.
l Subscription – license that expires after a fixed term,
if not renewed.
Location l Installed on the system ECM.
l Installed on the display.
l Installed on the left/right GNSS receiver.
Expiration (if The date the license will expire.
subscription) Note – Your technician can manage licenses via the Web
Interface.

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 12


1 Controls and Guidance

1.2 Remote Switch


Note – For other machines models, see A Remote Switch and Joystick Switches on other machine
models.

Note – You cannot configure the remote switch.

The remote switch lets you use common features while keeping your hands close to the
machine controls. The remote switch only functions when you are in the work screen. The
functionality of the remote switch depends on the mode you are in.

For Depth and Slope mode, the remote switch lets you:
l Select the attachment focus
Each button press will cycle the attachment focus from Left to Right
l Increase or decrease the elevation offset
l Bench elevation
l Confirm and engage Depth Autos (depth auto switch)

For Design mode, the remote switch lets you:


l Select the attachment focus
Each button press will cycle the attachment focus from Left to Right
l Increase or decrease the elevation offset
l Record point
l Confirm and engage Depth Autos (depth auto switch)

1.2.1 Depth and Slope mode functionality

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 13


1 Controls and Guidance

1 Increment elevation 2 Decrement elevation 3 Bench elevation


offset switch offset switch switch
4 Attachment focus 5 Confirm and engage
switch Depth Autos (depth
auto switch)

1.2.2 Design mode functionality

1 Increment elevation 2 Decrement elevation 3 Record point switch


offset switch offset switch
4 Attachment focus 5 Confirm and engage
switch Depth Autos (depth
auto switch)

1.3 On-screen Lightbars


Lightbars provide you with guidance information. They enable you to view the guidance
information, attachment, and the surface you are working all at the same time.

TIP – Lightbars provide guidance to designs or alignments, they do not provide


guidance to a point.

1.3.1 The Lightbars screen


Use the Lightbars screen to select the guidance that you want. You can access the Lightbars
screen from the System Settings menu .

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 14


1 Controls and Guidance

The screen shows the current lightbar configuration.

It also contains a drop-down list of Modes that you can work in. The options include:
l Standard Excavator
l Slope Form Bucket
l Left Right Cut/Fill

Next are the options for the left, center and right lightbars. Use the toggle to turn the
lightbars on and off.

The left lightbar provides attachment tip cut/fill guidance. You can choose the type of cut/fill
guidance from the drop-down list:
l Attachment Focus: The lightbar provides guidance to the attachment focus.
l Dynamic: The lightbar provides guidance to the attachment tip that you need to
either lower the least or raise the most to place it onto grade:
The attachment tip with the smallest cut value, when both attachment tips are
above the temporary working surface.
The attachment tip with the largest fill value, when both attachment tips are
below the temporary working surface.
The fill attachment tip, when one attachment tip is below and one attachment
tip is above the temporary working surface.

The guidance that the center and right lightbars provide depends on the type of mode that
you choose.

1.3.2 Understanding lightbar information


The on-screen lightbars appear along the left, top, and right edges of the display,
depending on your system configuration.

The following table describes the different items in the left/right on-screen lightbars:

Item Function
Live location arrow The arrow moves along the lightbar, tracking
changes in the position of the cutting edge. It
shows whether the current position is cut, fill or on
grade in relation to the design or target surface.
Cut The cut zone is red, and is above the on grade
tolerance zone.
The cut zone is active when the current position of
the cutting edge is above the design or target
surface.
On grade tolerance The on grade tolerance zone is always bright

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 15


1 Controls and Guidance

Item Function
or green.
Note – To change the on-grade tolerance zone, go to
System Settings > Grade Tolerance.
Fill The fill zone is blue, and is below the on grade
tolerance zone.
The fill zone is active when the current position of
the cutting edge is below the design or target
surface.

The lightbars behave differently depending on the mode you are working in.

The following tables describe what the lightbars display for each mode.

Standard bucket – Depth and Slope mode

Left lightbar
Cut/Fill guidance to the attachment tip:
l Green – On grade

Right lightbar
Laser strike:
l Green – Valid laser strike
l Amber – Invalid laser strike
Note – This lightbar only appears if your system includes a laser catcher and GNSS
receivers are not enabled.

Standard bucket – Design mode

Left lightbar
Cut/Fill guidance to the attachment tip:
l Red – Cut
l Green – On grade
l Blue – Fill

Center lightbar
Left/right guidance to a selected line.

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 16


1 Controls and Guidance

Center lightbar
l Green – The attachment focus point is on the line.
l Amber – The focus point is not on the line. Also, the amber color indicates
which way you need to slew the machine to get to the line.
Note – This lightbar is active when the machine is within 45° of parallel to the selected line.

Right lightbar
In/out (retract/extend) guidance to a selected line.
l Red – Move the attachment in
l Green – On line
l Blue – Move the attachment out
Note – This lightbar is active when the machine is within 45° of square to the selected line.

Slope form bucket – Depth and Slope mode

Left lightbar
Cut/fill guidance to the attachment tip:
l Red – Cut
l Green – On grade
l Blue – Fill

Right lightbar
Cut/fill guidance to the back of the attachment:
l Red – Cut
l Green – On grade
l Blue – Fill

Slope form bucket – Design mode

Left lightbar
Cut/Fill guidance to the attachment tip:
l Green – On grade

Center lightbar
Attachment curl guidance to the bottom of the attachment:

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 17


1 Controls and Guidance

Center lightbar
l Amber (left of center) – Curl the attachment out (dump) away from the cab.
l Green – The bottom of the attachment is parallel to the design slope.
l Amber (right of center) – Curl the attachment in towards the cab.

Right lightbar
Cut/fill guidance to the back of the attachment:
l Green – On grade

1.3.3 Useful text items


l Cut/Fill Left
l Cut/Fill Center
l Cut/Fill Right

Note – If the text item value is Cut then the icon in the text item shows a red arrow; if it is Fill it
shows a blue arrow; and if it is within the on grade tolerance it shows a green arrow.

1.3.4 System buzzer


When the lightbars are in Cut/Fill Left and Cut/Fill Right, the system buzzer Cut/Fill is
determined on the attachment tip that is farthest from design. Both tips need to be within
grade tolerance for the buzzer to sound.

When using Slope Form Bucket mode, the system buzzer is determined on the attachment
tip that is farthest from design. Both the front and back of the bucket must be within grade
tolerance for the buzzer to sound.

1.3.5 Troubleshooting
The lightbars are disabled if there is no guidance available, for example if the elevation is
not benched. When the lightbars are disabled, they appear as follows:
l The location arrow does not appear
l The lightbars are grayed-out
l The Cut/Fill or Offline text items do not show any values

1.4 External Lightbars


Lightbars provide you with guidance information. Properly installed external lightbars
enable you to view guidance information, the attachment, and the surface you are working,
at the same time.

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 18


1 Controls and Guidance

TIP – Lightbars provide guidance to designs or alignments, they do not provide


guidance to a point.

1.4.1 The Lightbars screen


Use the Lightbars screen to select the guidance that you want. You can access the Lightbars
screen from the System Settings menu .
The screen shows the current lightbar configuration.

It also contains a drop-down list of Modes that you can work in. The options include:
l Standard Excavator
l Slope Form Bucket
l Left Right Cut/Fill

Next are the options for the left, center and right lightbars. Use the toggle to turn the
lightbars on and off.

The left lightbar provides attachment tip cut/fill guidance. You can choose the type of cut/fill
guidance from the drop-down list:
l Attachment Focus: The lightbar provides guidance to the attachment focus.
l Dynamic: The lightbar provides guidance to the attachment tip that you need to
either lower the least or raise the most to place it onto grade:
The attachment tip with the smallest cut value, when both attachment tips are
above the temporary working surface.
The attachment tip with the largest fill value, when both attachment tips are
below the temporary working surface.
The fill attachment tip, when one attachment tip is below and one attachment
tip is above the temporary working surface.

The center lightbar provides offline left/right guidance.

The right lightbar provides offline in/out guidance.

To adjust the brightness of the lightbars, use the slider at the bottom of the screen.

1.4.2 External lightbar behavior


You can install up to three lightbars on an excavator. The lightbars behave differently
depending on the options you choose in the Lightbar screen, and the mode you are
working in.

The following tables describe what the lightbars display for each mode and the various
configurations.

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 19


1 Controls and Guidance

Depth and Slope mode - Standard excavator

Left lightbar
Cut/fill guidance to the attachment tip:
Green – On grade

Right lightbar
Laser strike:
Green – valid laser strike
Amber – invalid laser strike
Note – Use this lightbar if your system includes a laser catcher and GNSS receivers are not
enabled.

Depth and Slope mode - Slope form bucket

Left lightbar
Cut/fill guidance to the attachment tip:
Green – On grade
Amber – Not on grade

Right lightbar
Cut/fill guidance to the back of the attachment:
Green – On grade
Amber – Not on grade

Design mode - Standard excavator

Left lightbar
Attachment tip cut/fill guidance:
Green – On grade
Amber – Not on grade

Center lightbar
Left/right guidance to a selected line.
This lightbar is active when the machine is within 45° of parallel to the selected line.

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 20


1 Controls and Guidance

Center lightbar
l Green – the attachment focus point is on the line
l Amber – the focus point is not on the line. Also, the amber color indicates which
way you need to slew the machine to get to the line.

Right lightbar
In/out (retract/extend) guidance to a selected line.
This lightbar is active when the machine is within 45° of square to the selected line.
l Green – the attachment is on line
l Amber– move the attachment in or out

Design mode - Slope form bucket

Left lightbar
Attachment tip cut/fill guidance:
l Green – On grade
l Amber – Not on grade

Center lightbar
Attachment curl guidance to the bottom of the attachment:
l Amber (left of center) – curl the attachment out (dump) away from the cab
l Green – the bottom of the attachment is parallel to the design slope
l Amber (right of center) – curl the attachment in towards the cab

Right lightbar
Cut/fill guidance to the back of the attachment.
l Green – On grade
l Amber – Not on grade

1.4.3 Useful text items


l Cut/Fill Left
l Cut/Fill Center
l Cut/Fill Right

Note – If the text item value is Cut then the icon in the text item shows a red arrow; if it is Fill it
shows a blue arrow; and if it is within the on grade tolerance it shows a green arrow.

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 21


1 Controls and Guidance

1.4.4 System buzzer


When the lightbars are in Cut/Fill Left and Cut/Fill Right, the system buzzer Cut/Fill is
determined on the attachment tip that is farthest from design. Both tips need to be within
grade tolerance for the buzzer to sound.

When using Slope Form Bucket mode, the system buzzer is determined on the attachment
tip that is farthest from design. Both the front and back of the bucket must be within grade
tolerance for the buzzer to sound.

1.4.5 Troubleshooting
The lightbars are disabled if there is no guidance available, for example if the elevation is
not benched. When the lightbars are disabled, they appear as follows:
l The location arrow does not appear
l The lightbars are grayed-out
l The Cut/Fill or Offline text items do not show any values

If you notice either of the following problems, ask your technician to check the configuration
of the external lightbars in the Web Interface:
l A lightbar pattern is inverted.
l The lightbars are lit in the wrong order, for example the right lightbar is showing the
left side Cut/Fills.

1.5 Measure Mode


Measure mode enables you to measure the distance and slope between two points. After
you place the attachment cutting edge over an initial point, the system then displays any
deviation from this point in terms of horizontal reach, elevation and slope.

You can save the slope and depth values into the mainfall and offset memories.

The type of system you have and the mode you are in determines whether you can rotate
the cab or move the machine tracks.

Mode Can rotate the cab Can move the


machine tracks
Depth and Slope mode No No
Depth and slope mode, plus heading Yes No
sensor
Design mode, plus two GNSS receivers Yes Yes

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 22


1 Controls and Guidance

1.5.1 Position the machine


Select the origin point:
l Within reach of both your origin point and the end point that you want to measure to.
l Unless the system uses a heading sensor or GNSS receivers, do not rotate the cab or
re-position the machine tracks to reach the end point.
Keep the orientation of the front linkage consistent when you take the measurement.

1.5.2 Using the Measure mode screen


Once you have positioned your machine, access the Measure Mode screen:

1. Tap the Work Settings icon in the shortcut bar. The Work Settings menu opens.
2. Select Measure mode.
3. Check that the correct position of guidance focus has been selected for the
attachment.
4. Place the attachment focus on the start point of the measurement.
5. Tap Set Origin.
If required, you can save the slope and depth values into the mainfall and offset
memories.
6. Move the attachment focus to the end point of the measurement.
Once the attachment has moved enough to give a measurable change in position,
the screen updates to show the depth and slope measurement between the two
points.

1.6 Transferring Files


The File Transfer screen is available in the System Settings menu . It lets you do the
following:
l Import files to the machine from the display's hard drive, or, an external storage
device.
l Export files from the machine to the display's hard drive, or, an external storage
device.
l Custom select, if enabled, the files you want to import from the display's hard drive,
or, an external storage device.

If you have an Operator Plus account you can perform further file management functions
via the Advanced button on either the File Transfer screen or the Project screen.

Note – To transfer files via a USB flash drive, you must have a TD520 display and a FAT32 format
USB flash drive. Any USB flash drive larger than 32GB may require a third-party application to
format it as FAT32.

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 23


1 Controls and Guidance

1.6.1 File categories


Each time you import or export files to or from the machine, you need to choose the files
that you want to transfer. To do this, select the checkbox next to the category.
l Earthworks Data: You can transfer all data files or none.
l Projects: You can transfer the project files of your choice. Expand the Projects file to
show each project with its own checkbox.

TIP – Within the expanded project, select Infield Data to only export the infield
designs for the project.

l Production Data: You can transfer data files for use in VisionLink, WorksOS or both.

1.6.2 File structure for external storage devices


When using Import Files TO Machine files on external storage devices, the files must be
saved within the folder structure below:

Path Description of Contents


<Root>:\ProjectLibrary Top-level folder containing the data sub-
folders.
<Root>:\ProjectLibrary\ Top-level folder for data files.
EarthworksData
<Root>:\ProjectLibrary\GeoData Geographical data which is used in one or
more projects.
<Root>:\ProjectLibrary\Projects Project folders containing project-specific data
such as designs.

Note – Place files only within the sub-folders of the top-level folders.

Note – Custom File Import TO Machine does not require the above folder structure on the
external storage device.

1.6.3 Syncing files with the Connected Community


Transfer files between the machine and Connected Community to ensure the machine has
the latest files and that the office has access to the data recorded on the machine.

If your machine is configured for syncing, an option to Sync Files with Connected
Community Sync appears in the File Transfer screen. All relevant files within the current
project are synchronized.

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 24


1 Controls and Guidance

Automatic file sync


When automatic file sync is enabled in the Web Interface, files will automatically
synchronize to Connected Community every 15 minutes, whenever the machine is
powered and has an active internet connection. You are not told when the sync is in
progress, or if it was successful or not.

Manual file sync


You can initiate a manual file sync to Connected Community at the end of the day; for
example, if automatic file sync is not enabled or to ensure that all of the files from the last
15 minutes have been synced and are available in the office.

1. Access the File Transfer screen.


2. Confirm Sync Files with Connected Community is selected in Transfer Type.
3. Tap Sync. The File Transfer screen grays-out and a progress meter displays. Once the
system connects with Connected Community, the progress meter indicates the file
categories that are transferring.
To stop the sync, tap Cancel. The file transfer stops and any partial transfers
(categories that did not completely transfer) are deleted. Any categories that did
completely transfer are kept.

When the file transfer is complete a success notification appears.

If you initiate a sync with Connected Community and an automatic file sync is already in
progress you are asked if you would like to continue. If you choose:
l Yes, the sync that is currently in progress stops and the sync that you initiated starts.
l No, the automatic sync that is currently in progress continues and the Transfer Files
screen reappears.

1.6.4 Transferring files via an external storage device


Note – The TD520 display only supports USB flash drives that are FAT32 format. Any USB flash
drive larger than 32GB may require a third-party application to format it as FAT32.

Import Files TO Machine


Before you can use the Import Files TO Machine option, you must create a folder structure
on your external storage device that matches the machine's file organization structure. This
enables the machine to place your files in the correct location during the transfer process.

TIP – Export the machine's existing folder structure to your external storage device
to quickly create the necessary folder structure for transfers. For more
information, see 1.6.6 Exporting files from the machine.

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 25


1 Controls and Guidance

Preparing your external storage device for file transfer


1. Format your USB flash drive in the FAT32 format, if using a USB flash drive.
2. Create the top-level folder, or folders, required for the data to be transferred on your
external storage device. For more information, see 1.6.2 File structure for external
storage devices.
3. Copy your files to the appropriate folder on the external storage device (for example,
copy your project files to ProjectLibrary > Projects).

Connecting your external storage device for file transfer


1. Log in to the display.
2. Connect your external storage device to the display. The File Transfer screen
appears.
3. Import or export the files of your choice.

ATTENTION - When transferring files to or from an external storage device, an


Android OS screen appears. The first time the screen appears, it is blank, apart
from three vertical dots in the upper right-hand corner. Select the dots and
then select Show SD Card. The Android screen changes. From the left-hand
panel, select your external storage device and then select SELECT in the lower
right-hand corner. (Do not select any files or folders from the right-hand panel.)

1.6.5 Importing files to your machine


1. Access the File Transfer screen.
2. Select Import Files TO Machine from the Transfer Type field.
3. Select the source type from the From field.
4. Tap Next. The Import Files screen appears.
5. Select the files that you want to import.
6. Tap Import to start the file transfer. Tap Cancel to exit the screen without applying
any changes.

The import process


After you tap Import a progress meter appears and the File Transfer screen is grayed-out.

First the system checks the available storage on the machine. Once sufficient space is
confirmed the progress meter indicates the files that are transferring.

If you tap Cancel the file transfer stops.

When the file transfer is complete a success notification appears.

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 26


1 Controls and Guidance

Files are overwritten with newest versions


When transferring files from an external storage device to the machine, all files on machine
that have the same name as the files on the external storage device will be overwritten with
the external storage device files. This includes the user preferences file userdata.pref.xml,
which saves the settings; for example, the text items that are configured.

To keep the user preferences saved on a machine, either:


l Perform a File Transfer of the EarthworksData to the USB flash drive first, then
perform a File Transfer from the USB flash drive to the machine

OR
l Untick the EarthworksData box when transferring files from the USB flash drive to the
machine

Note – The userdata.pref.xml file is stored at ProjectLibrary > EarthworksData > [Machine Name
Folder]

1.6.6 Exporting files from the machine


1. Access the File Transfer screen.
2. In the Transfer Type field, select Export Files FROM Machine.
3. In the To field, select the destination.
4. Tap Next. The Export Files screen appears.
5. The available files to export are listed. Select the files that you want to export.
6. To initiate the file transfer, tap Export; to exit the screen without applying any
changes, tap Cancel.

The export process


After you tap Export a progress meter appears and the File Transfer screen is grayed-out.

The system checks the available storage on the destination device. Once sufficient space is
confirmed the progress meter indicates the files that are transferring.

If you tap Cancel the file transfer stops.

When the file transfer is complete a success notification appears.

Note – If a full backup of all files on the machine is required this can only be performed via the
Web Interface “Back up all” option on the File Management page.

1.6.7 Using custom file import


1. Access the File Transfer screen.
2. Select Custom File Import TO Machine from the Transfer Type field.
3. Select the project to import the files into, or add a new project, from the Project field.

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 27


1 Controls and Guidance

4. Tap Next. If adding a new project, enter a project name in Project Name and tap Save.
5. Find the file or files you want to import on the file list screen.
a. Tap a single file to select it.
b. Tap and hold to select multiple files and tap Open in the upper right corner.
6. Confirm the files you want to import on the Import Files screen and tap Import.

1.6.8 Troubleshooting
The following notices may appear when you are transferring files:

Unsuccessful Connection
This message appears if the system cannot connect to the Connected Community. Tap OK
to return to the File Transfer screen. Check the Connected Community settings and the
Internet Connection Status in the Web Interface.

Insufficient Storage
This message appears if sufficient space is not available in the destination device. Tap OK to
return to the File Transfer screen. From here you can choose a different destination device
(if available) and then retry, or tap Cancel.

Failed File Export


This notice appears if for any other reason a file export fails (for example if the USB flash
drive is disconnected during a transfer).

1.6.9 System operation in Android 11


There are differences in system behavior when you use a display with the Android 11
operating system:
l There is no longer an icon for the applications menu. To access the applications
menu, touch and drag upwards from anywhere on the home screen.
l When you touch-and-hold on a file to copy it to a new location, drag the file over the
new location and wait for a green + icon.
l Holding the file over a new drive will open the drive and show the sub-directories.
l If the directory that the system opens is higher than the root directory, tap the
overflow icon in the upper left corner to access lower directory levels.
l When you navigate to a different location, select the folder and tap the Use This
Folder button.
l If you change the display's orientation and tap the Android Overview/Recents button
(the onscreen navigation button on the right), the apps will appear upside down. To
avoid this, set the display in the correct orientation before using the system.

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 28


1 Controls and Guidance

If apps are upside down, close and re-open them with the display in the intended
orientation.
l The first time that you transfer files from the machine to the display, the display will
ask for All files access permission. Grant permission.
l Every time you transfer files from the machine to the display, when you select the
target folder, the display will ask permission to access the folder. Grant permission.
l If you use FileFlipper to save converted files to a USB drive, the files are not written to
the drive until after FileFlipper reports the process is complete. Either:
Wait 5 seconds after FileFlipper reports that the process is complete before
you remove the USB drive.
Eject the USB stick safely: Swipe down to open the quick setting menu, tap the
USB stick notification, and then tap the Eject button.

1.7 Using the AR camera


To use the Augmented Reality (AR) camera:

1. Install the hardware. Refer to the Excavator Cab Install Guide within the Excavator
Hardware Install Manual.
2. Install the license. Refer to the Configuration Guide within the Excavator Commissioning
Manual.
3. Enable the camera in the Web Interface's Install Assistant. Refer to the Excavator Cab
Install Guide within the Excavator Hardware Install Manual.
4. Set the camera feed to display on a view pane.
5. Calibrate the camera in the Operator app.

1.7.1 Supported operation


l The camera is available on excavator systems.
l The camera is supported on TD520 displays in any screen layout mode. For the best
experience, assign the camera to a larger pane.
l The camera is not supported on BYOD displays.
l The camera is not supported for guidance using an HS410 heading sensor.
l You cannot zoom the view in or out when using the camera.

1.7.2 Setting the camera feed to display on a view pane


1. Do one of the following:
Touch and hold on the work screen. When the pop-up menu appears, tap
Layout.
Tap the System Settings button and then tap Layout.
2. Set one of the panes to AR Camera view .

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 29


1 Controls and Guidance

1.7.3 Calibrating the AR camera


To calibrate the camera, the system requires you to move the attachment to 4 different
positions:

1 Linkage raised, attachment high on the screen and fairly close to the cab

2 Linkage lowered, stick vertical and attachment close to the ground

3 Linkage extended to mid reach, attachment close to ground

4 Linkage extended to full reach, attachment close to ground

Step 1: Establish an active guidance solution


The calibration process requires an active guidance solution. On the dashboard, ensure
that a design is loaded and there are no red tiles before beginning the calibration
sequence.

Step 2: Complete the calibration sequence


1. Do one of the following:
Tap the Open icon on the Machine Setup screen.
From the System Settings menu, select Calibrate AR Camera.
The first Calibrate AR Camera screen appears.
2. Read the instructions and tap Next.
3. Move the linkage until the attachment is in the position indicated onscreen.
4. On the display, drag a corner of each target until they are aligned with the left and
right corners of the cutting edge.
5. Tap Set:
l The targets' positions are locked in place.

l A tick appears beside the targets.

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 30


1 Controls and Guidance

Two new targets appear.


l

6. Repeat Steps 3 to 5 for three more attachment positions.


7. Tap Save. The work screen appears showing the AR camera view.

1.7.4 AR camera calibration best practice

WARNING — If the machine enters an avoidance zone during camera calibration,


the operator does not receive a warning. Avoid calibrating the AR camera when the
machine is near an avoidance zone.

l Avoid moving the machine body during calibration. If the camera position changes
during calibration, restart the process.
l During calibration, align the four pairs of targets to the exact position of the
attachment corners as accurately as possible. The point positions affect display
accuracy.
l For optimum performance, use a straight edged attachment.
l If the cutting edge is wider than the body of the attachment, align the targets to the
width of the cutting edge.
l Similarly, if the attachment has teeth, align the targets to the cutting end of the teeth.
l In general, align the targets to the widest part of the attachment and the forward-
most part of the attachment. You may need to use a set square or project lines from
the cutting edge and attachment side to place the target correctly if the corners are
curved.
l For best performance, ensure the TD520 display has firmware OS 4.19.20 or higher.
l Avoid using the camera with an HS410 heading sensor.

TIP – The camera calibration data is saved in a .machine file. If you can access the
web interface, save a .machine file when you complete the calibration. This way, if
you reload the .machine file it includes the calibration.

1.7.5 AR camera settings


When the AR camera is calibrated, it is ready for use.

To adjust the visibility settings, tap the eye icon in the upper right corner of the work screen.
You can adjust:
l Design Transparency: Controls the transparency level of the design and grid lines.
Move the slider to the right to make the design and grid lines more solid.
l Cutting Edge visibility: Turns the cutting edge overlay on or off.

To adjust the visibility of other features that appear on the screen, select the Overlay
screen.

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 31


1 Controls and Guidance

1.7.6 Re-enabling the camera


If the AR camera is accidentally disconnected:

1. Reconnect the camera cables.


2. Wait for the camera to turn on and reconnect.
3. Move the attachment to confirm that the camera is operating correctly. If it is not,
restart the calibration process.

On some occasions, you may need to restart the EC520 controller.

1.7.7 Troubleshooting
l If the camera view becomes corrupted during calibration, exit the wizard and then
return.
l If the camera view stops working during operation, change to a different view on the
Layout screen. Then change back to the AR Camera view.
l If you suspect the camera mount has moved, repeat the calibration process.
l If the overlay grid lines do not match the design, or the cutting edge overlay does not
align with the actual cutting edge, repeat the calibration process.
l It is possible to complete the calibration without moving the linkage, but the overlay
position will be incorrect. Ensure you move the linkage to the position indicated at
each stage of the calibration.
l If guidance is lost during calibration, the Next button becomes unavailable.
l For best performance, use landscape orientation for the camera and portrait
orientation for the system display.
l If you downgrade the system to an earlier firmware version (for example, v1.11), you
must disconnect the SD510 harness from the EC520 harness first. If the SD510
harness remains connected, machine files will fail to load.

1.8 Network

Action bar icons


The Network icons that appear on the action bar show the high-level status of the
associated network feature. The icons are:

Connection Status (cell) A warning (orange) shows if the connection


is not yet established on start-up, or lost
Connection Status (Wi-Fi) during operation.
Cloud Services A warning (orange) shows if any of the
underlying services fail to connect, or if
cell/Wi-Fi connection is lost.

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 32


1 Controls and Guidance

Tap an icon to open the Network screen.

Network screen
The connection icons on the Network screen show the 3 parts of the connection:

1. Gateway Device ( ) – the hardware acting as the connection device on your system
Error state (red) – device not found
Warning state (orange) – the device is configuring or there is an issue with the
device configuration
2. Connection – a cell ( ) or Wi-Fi ( ) icon, depending on the gateway configuration
Warning state (orange) – there is a missing or unconfigured device, or a
problem with the connection to the internet
3. Cloud Services ( ) – the parts of the cloud service
Only configured services show in the list
Warning state – the last attempt to connect or transfer data failed

Note – The warnings are sequential, so if there is a warning for the Gateway Device, there will also
be a warning for Connection Status and Cloud Services.

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 33


2
Using Depth and Slope Guidance
In this chapter:
Using Depth and Slope Mode
Bench Heading
Bench Elevation
Slope and Section Memories
Touch Point
Laser Referencing – Transfer Bench
Offset From Laser

To generate guidance information, the system measures the cutting edge's position relative
to a physical reference surface or laser plane. This is called Depth and Slope guidance.

Unlike Design guidance, depth and slope guidance does not rely on knowing the machine's
three dimensional location.

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 34


2 Using Depth and Slope Guidance

2.1 Using Depth and Slope Mode


Depth and Slope mode lets you use slopes, sections, and offsets as required, to define your
target grade.

To select Depth and Slope mode:

1. From the Dashboard, tap the Machine Setup tile and select the positioning source
that you require.
Note – The positioning source you select will determine the modes that you can select from
the Job Setup screen.
2. From the Dashboard, tap the Job Setup tile.
3. From the Job Setup screen select a project and set the Mode field to Depth and Slope.
4. The Extra Linework (optional) field displays if you have a 3D guidance solution. This
helps you to reference an office design while on the work screen.
Note – Access to extra linework is enabled or disabled by your technician. 3D line designs
are not available to select. Horizontal guidance to the extra linework is not available.
5. Select the appropriate linework from the Extra Linework (optional) field.
6. Tap Apply.
7. From the Dashboard, tap Start. The work screen appears.

2.1.1 The work screen


In Depth and Slope mode, this icon appears at the top left-hand side of the work screen:

Touch and hold the icon to open the Job Setup screen.

The Depth and Slope target icons


The target icons always appear in the same order left to right on the guidance bar, as
shown below:

Mainfall Cross Slope Elevation Offset

Use the target icons in the following ways:


l Tap to cycle through the configured target memories.
l Touch and hold to access the respective target configuration screens.

The target settings screens


l Use the Target Mainfall and Target Cross Slope screens to select, edit or create a new
slope. If your system includes a heading sensor or GNSS receiver, you can also select,

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 35


2 Using Depth and Slope Guidance

edit and create sections.


l If you save a section, you can use it in either the mainfall or the cross slope
orientation.
l Use the Elevation Offset screen to select, edit or create a new target offset.
l You can use the increment/decrement elevation offset switch to increase and
decrease the offset.

Note – If you switch from Depth and Slope mode to Design mode, the system reverts back to
Horizontal and Elevation Offsets of 0.00.

2.1.2 Overlays

The overlays icon is in the top right-hand corner of the guidance bar:
Use this icon to directly access the Overlays screen, which controls what appears on the
guidance view.

The guidance view


The guidance view displays the machine relative to the surface being worked. You can set
up to three different views to display at once, from the following view types:
l 3D
Note – The 3D view only renders the design surface for a radius of 150 m (about 500 feet)
from the current machine position.
l Cross-section
l Profile
l Plan
l Bubble
l Cut/Fill Focus
l Cut/Fill Left
l Cut/Fill Right
l Cut/Fill Center
l Cut/Fill Center Back

Text items
Use the text ribbon area (across the bottom of the guidance view) to display text items of
your choice. By default, the system displays ribbon items appropriate for your machine.
Useful text items for Depth and Slope mode are:
l Cut/Fill Center
l Roll
l Rotation

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 36


2 Using Depth and Slope Guidance

Touch and hold any text item in the text ribbon to open the corresponding context menu:

l
Tap Add to select a new text item to add to the text ribbon.
l
Tap Replace to select another text item to replace the current one.
l
Tap Remove to remove the current text item from the text ribbon.

At the bottom of the context menu, you can tap Go to Text Ribbon . Alternatively you
can access it from the System Settings menu . The Text Ribbon screen allows you to:
l Drag-and-drop items to reorder your list. Alternatively, you can drag a text item in the
text ribbon to shuffle it.
l Tap Edit to select which items appear.
l Tap Default to reload the default ribbon items for your machine.
l Enable or disable the display of the text ribbon in the work screen.

2.1.3 System settings

The System Settings icon is on the work screen:


Use System Settings to access and configure various functions, including (but not limited
to):
l Lightbars
l Units
l File Transfer
l Increments (where the inc/dec switches step size can be set)

The shortcut bar

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 37


2 Using Depth and Slope Guidance

The shortcut bar enables you to easily perform frequently repeated tasks. The shortcut
icons are for Depth and Slope relevant items such as Bench Elevation, Bench Heading, and
Attachment Focus.

If a shortcut icon is blue, then you must configure that function before the system provides
guidance for your machine. To do this, tap the blue icon to complete that function or touch
and hold the icon to open the relevant settings screen and then edit as required.

2.1.4 The Back icon

The Back icon is in the top left-hand side of the title bar:
You can tap the icon or title to return to the previous screen; either the Dashboard or work
screen.

Work settings

The Work Settings icon is in the lower right-hand side of the work screen:
Use the Work Settings menu to access and configure those settings that change according
to the requirements of each individual task, including (but not limited to):
l Bench Heading
l Touch Point
l Measure Mode

2.1.5 For more information


See these following chapters:
l 2.2 Bench Heading
l 2.3 Bench Elevation

2.2 Bench Heading


In Depth and Slope mode, if you have GNSS or a heading sensor, you must bench the
heading before you begin working.

Benching the heading sets the direction of the design mainfall. The system calculates target
slopes from the benched direction even during machine rotation. You can use the current
direction of the machine to bench, or if you have GNSS receivers, choose two points on the
ground.

TIP – Using the Two Point Method is more accurate as it defines the direction of the
bench heading.

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 38


2 Using Depth and Slope Guidance

Note – If you have 3D sensors, in the Bench Heading screen, the Current Heading displays relative
to grid north. However, if you have a heading sensor it displays relative to magnetic north.

2.2.1 One point method


You can access the Bench Heading screen via the Work Settings menu or the shortcut bar.

Note – If you tap the Bench Heading icon it will bench the heading directly. However, if you
touch and hold it, you will open the Bench Heading screen.

1. Position the machine in the direction of the design mainfall.


2. Tap the Bench Heading icon in the shortcut bar to bench the heading directly.
This clears the current bench and sets a new bench heading along the line of the
linkage.

Alternatively:

1. Touch and hold the Bench Heading icon in the shortcut bar to open the Bench
Heading screen.
2. Tap Bench.

2.2.2 Two point method


If you have GNSS receivers, use the two point method to bench the heading as this method
is more accurate than the one point method.

You can access the Bench Heading screen via the Work Settings menu or the shortcut bar.

1. Position the machine in the direction of the design mainfall.


2. Touch and hold the Bench Heading icon in the shortcut bar to open the Bench
Heading screen.
3. Toggle the Two-Point Method on.
4. Follow the wizard to select two points:
a. Touch the attachment focus point on two points that are not too close together
(there should be at least one meter between the two points). The mainfall runs
parallel to the line between the two points and the cross slope is perpendicular
to it.

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 39


2 Using Depth and Slope Guidance

1 Mainfall 2 Cross slope

b. Make sure that the only machine movement between point one and two is
from the stick and boom (no slew).
5. Tap Bench.

2.2.3 When to re-bench your heading


If you only have a single GNSS receiver, you must re-bench your heading whenever you
move the machine tracks.

If you have 2D as the positioning source and a Cat rotation sensor or HS410 heading
sensor, you must re-bench your heading whenever you move the machine tracks off the
benched alignment.

2.2.4 Useful text items


Text items display information on the work screen. When you bench the heading the
following text item can be helpful: Rotation.

2.2.5 Troubleshooting
The table below lists some of the error messages that may appear when you use the two
point method to bench the heading.

Error Message Action


Too much movement Machine movement between point one and two
should only be through the stick and boom (i.e. no
slew).

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 40


2 Using Depth and Slope Guidance

Error Message Action


Point 2 not saved, bench Select a second point that is further away from point
points are too close one. There should be at least one meter between the
two points.

2.3 Bench Elevation


In Depth and Slope mode, before you begin working, or whenever you move the machine to
a new working position without GNSS in use, you must bench or re-bench the machine.

Until you bench, no guidance information is available, and the Bench Elevation message
appears.

To bench, use either of the methods described in the following table:

Bench method Description


Bench with a relative Place your attachment focus on any point.
elevation This sets Cut/Fill to 0.00 at that position and you can enter
an offset above or below the benched height to get
guidance to.
Bench with a reference Place your attachment focus on a benchmark with a known
elevation (known elevation.
elevation) This sets Cut/Fill to 0.00 at that position and you can then
enter a known elevation to get guidance to (instead of an
offset away from the benched position).

Note – If you have a GNSS receiver or heading sensor, you need to bench the heading before you
can bench the elevation.

2.3.1 Bench with a relative elevation

Using the Bench Elevation screen

TIP – You can use the bench elevation switch to bench the elevation.

You can access the Bench Elevation screen via the Work Settings menu or the shortcut bar.

Once you have positioned your machine, in the work screen:

Tap the Bench Elevation icon in the shortcut bar to bench the attachment focus
directly. This sets Cut/Fill to 0.00 and you can enter an offset above or below the benched
height to get guidance to.

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 41


2 Using Depth and Slope Guidance

Alternatively:

1. Touch and hold the Bench Elevation icon in the shortcut bar to open the Bench
Elevation screen.
2. Select the Guidance Focus.
3. Tap Bench.

Select a bench point


The bench point can be any arbitrary point, it does not even have to be a physical object.

If you use a physical object as the bench point, use something that is solid and will not move
when you touch it with the attachment.

Position the machine


Place the machine so that it is within reach of the bench point and the surface to work.

1 Bench point 2 Surface to work

If using a section, orient the machine with the front linkage perpendicular to the mainfall of
the section.

If using a slope, orient the machine with the front linkage parallel to the mainfall of the
slope.

Position the attachment


Position the attachment focus on your bench point.

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 42


2 Using Depth and Slope Guidance

2.3.2 Bench with a reference elevation (known elevation)

Using the Bench Elevation screen

TIP – You can use the bench elevation switch to bench the elevation.

You can access the Bench Elevation screen via the Work Settings menu or the shortcut bar.

Once you have positioned your machine and attachment, in the work screen:

1. Touch and hold the Bench Elevation icon in the shortcut bar to open the Bench
Elevation screen.
2. Select the Guidance Focus.
3. Toggle Clear Offset on Bench off to keep your previous elevation offset after
benching. The system remembers your selection for future use.
4. Toggle the Reference Elevation on and enter the value.
5. Tap Bench.
This sets Cut/Fill to 0.00 at that position and you can then enter a known elevation to
get guidance to.

To use the previous reference elevation value to re-bench the attachment focus, tap the
Bench Elevation Reference icon in the shortcut bar.

Select a benchmark
The benchmark is a known or absolute point in the system. Select a benchmark with a
known elevation e.g. get a surveyor to measure the elevation of the benchmark.

If possible, the benchmark should be something solid that will not move when you touch it
with the attachment.

Position the machine


Place the machine so that is within reach of the benchmark and the surface to work.

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 43


2 Using Depth and Slope Guidance

1 Benchmark 2 Surface to work

If using a section, orient the machine with the front linkage perpendicular to the mainfall of
the section.

If using a slope, orient the machine with the front linkage parallel to the mainfall of the
slope.

Position the attachment


Position the attachment focus so that it is touching your benchmark.

If your benchmark is a survey peg or something that could move when touched, position
the attachment on the ground, as close to the peg as possible.

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 44


2 Using Depth and Slope Guidance

Alternatively:

1. Position the attachment focus above your benchmark.


2. Measure the height from the benchmark to the attachment focus.
3. Add the measured height to the height of the benchmark.
4. Use this measurement as the Reference Elevation.

2.3.3 When to re-bench your elevation


If you use GNSS in Depth and Slope mode you only need to bench once before you begin
working.

If you do not use GNSS, you must re-bench your elevation whenever you move the machine
tracks; use either the original bench point, Touch Point, or a laser plane.

2.3.4 Placement of sections at the bench point


If you have created a section on the target mainfall or target cross slope, the system locates
the placement point of the section at the benching point.

2.3.5 Useful text items


Text items display information on the work screen. When you bench the elevation the
following text items can be helpful:
l Cut/Fill <Center/Left/Right>
l Distance from bench
l Height from bench

2.4 Slope and Section Memories


You can store cross slope or mainfall values in cross slope or mainfall slope memories
respectively. These memories are only accessible when you use Depth and Slope mode.

If you have GNSS or a heading sensor you can also store section memories.

You can access slope and section memories via the Memories button on the Target Mainfall
and Target Cross Slope screens.

You can save a slope or section memory as you perform certain tasks. For example, you can
store a slope mainfall memory whenever you use Measure Mode to measure site features.

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 45


2 Using Depth and Slope Guidance

2.4.1 Mainfall memories

Select and apply a memory


You can select and apply mainfall memories via the Target Mainfall screen. There is always
at least one memory stored.

Select the memory you require and tap Apply.

Save a slope memory


You can save a slope memory via the Save button on the Target Mainfall screen. When you
save a slope memory, the system automatically assigns it the next available name, for
example: Mainfall 2. If you want to edit the name, see Edit or rename a slope memory.

Create a new slope memory


To create a new slope memory:

1. In the Target Mainfall screen, tap the Memories icon on the right-hand side of
the Memory field. The Mainfall Memories screen opens.
2. Tap Create. The Create Mainfall Memory screen opens. The system automatically
assigns the next available name to the memory, for example: Mainfall 2.
3. If required, tap inside the Name field and edit the name.
4. Either use the arrows to increment or decrement the mainfall value, or tap inside the
field to enter the value directly.
5. Tap Save. The Mainfall Memories screen appears and the memory has focus.

Edit or rename a slope memory


To edit a slope memory:

1. In the Target Mainfall screen, tap the Memories icon on the right-hand side of
the Memory field. The Mainfall Memories screen opens.
2. Select a Mainfall memory and tap the overflow icon on the right-hand side of the
memory. Select Edit. The Edit Mainfall Memory screen opens.
3. If required, tap inside the Name field and edit the name.
4. If required, edit the value of the mainfall.
5. Tap Save. The Mainfall Memories screen appears and the memory you edited has
focus.

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 46


2 Using Depth and Slope Guidance

2.4.2 Cross slope memories

Select and apply a slope memory


You can select and apply cross slope memories via the Target Cross Slope screen. There is
always at least one memory stored.

Select the memory you require and tap Apply.

Save a slope memory


You can save a memory via the Save button on the Target Cross Slope screen. When you
save a slope memory, the system automatically assigns it the next available name, for
example: Cross slope 2. If you want to edit the name, see Edit or rename a slope memory.

Create a new slope memory


To create a new slope memory:

1. In the Target Cross Slope screen, tap the Memories icon on the right-hand side
of the Memory field. The Cross Slope Memories screen opens.
2. Tap Create. The Create Cross Slope Memory screen opens. The system automatically
assigns the next available name to the memory, for example: Cross Slope 2.
3. If required, tap inside the Name field and edit the name.
4. Either use the arrows to increment or decrement the mainfall value, or tap inside the
field to enter the value directly.
5. Tap Save. The Cross Slope Memories screen appears and the memory has focus.

Edit or rename a slope memory


To edit a slope memory:

1. In the Target Cross Slope screen, tap the Memories icon on the right-hand side
of the Memory field. The Cross Slope Memories screen opens.
2. Select a cross slope memory and tap the overflow icon on the right-hand side of
the memory. Select Edit. The Edit Cross Slope Memory screen opens.
3. If required, tap inside the Name field and edit the name.
4. If required, edit the value of the mainfall.
5. Tap Save. The Cross Slope Memories screen appears and the memory you edited has
focus.

2.4.3 Section memories


Sections are templates that let you build roads, banks and channels. A section can be made
up of any number of reach and elevation points.

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 47


2 Using Depth and Slope Guidance

Each section has a placement point . The placement point configures how the section
profile is applied relative to the current attachment focus. When you bench, the placement
point of the section is the benching point. The section is applied perpendicular to the
direction of the machine heading.

Select and apply a section memory


You can select and apply section memories via the Target Cross Slope or Target Mainfall
screen. Select Section from the Type drop-down list.

There is always at least one memory stored. Select the memory you require and tap Apply.

To edit the placement point of the section, tap the Previous Point and Next Point
icons.

Create a new section memory


If you want to create a new memory:

1. In the Target Cross Slope or Target Mainfall screen, select Section from the Type
drop-down list.
2. Tap the Memories icon on the right-hand side of the Memory field. The Section
Memories screen opens.
3. Tap Create.
4. To create a new memory, use one of the methods described in the following table.

Icon Description
On-screen mode. Use your finger directly on the screen to define
section points.
Slope and Section Memories. Use the machine attachment focus to
define section points.
Templates mode. Use an existing section memory as a template.
You can edit it and save it as a new section memory.

Drawing modes

The different drawing modes described in the table below are common to each of the
section creation modes.

By default, the edit line drawing mode is selected. Tap to select the drawing mode you
prefer.

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 48


2 Using Depth and Slope Guidance

Icon Mode and description


Edit Point. In edit point mode you use coordinates to specify a
points position (like rise over run).
Edit Line. In edit line mode you use an angle and a slope distance
from the previous point to specify a points position.
Scale All. In scale all mode you use a width and a height to specify
the sections size.

Common drawing tools

The icons on the bottom of the drawing screen provide useful tools to assist with the
drawing of the section. The following icons are common to all section creation modes.

Icon Description
Tap to undo the last action.

Tap to mirror the existing points. You can select between mirror
from the end point or mirror from the origin point.

Tap to view all the points in the section.

Lock to grid. When lock to grid is active new points are placed on the
nearest intersection of the drawing grid.
When don't lock to grid is active new points are placed anywhere in
the drawing window. Tap to switch between the modes.
Note – Lock to grid does not work with focus mode. The point will always
be placed at the precise location of the attachment focus.

On-screen mode

You can draw points directly on the screen with your finger to create a new section
memory.

Before you start, select the drawing mode that you prefer, as explained in Drawing modes.

Tap inside any of the fields to directly edit it. For example, the system automatically assigns
the next available name to the memory, such as, Section 2. Tap inside the field to bring up
the on-screen keyboard and rename it.

The cursor identifies the active point on the section. The starting point of a section is
always zeroed and any additional points that you add are relative to the start point.

Every time you lift your finger from the screen or pause for a couple of seconds with your
finger still on the screen, a new point is added to the section.

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 49


2 Using Depth and Slope Guidance

Tap to delete a selected point or double tap individual points to delete them.
Note – You cannot delete the starting point.

The icons on the bottom of the drawing screen provide useful tools to assist with the
drawing of the section. See Common drawing tools

Tap Save when you are finished.

Focus mode

You can use the attachment focus to create a new section memory.

Before you start, select the drawing mode that you prefer, as explained in Drawing modes.

Tap inside any of the fields to directly edit it. For example, the system automatically assigns
the next available name to the memory, such as, Section 2. Tap inside the field to bring up
the on-screen keyboard and rename it.

The cursor identifies the active point on the section. The starting point of a section is
always zeroed and any additional points that you add with the attachment focus are relative
to the start point.

Before you start, make sure that you select the correct attachment focus. Tap the Focus
icon to select an alternative focus point.
Every time you move the machine attachment to the next point in the section, tap the Add
Point icon .
After you use the attachment focus to create a point, you can use your finger on the screen
to edit it. Tap on the point you want to edit. You can either edit the numeric fields directly or
you can touch and hold the point with your finger on the screen and then drag and drop it
to its new position.

TIPS:
l Touch and hold the point you want to edit until its color changes to yellow
before you try to drag and drop it to its new position.
l Zoom in to place your points more accurately. The resolution of the grid will
get finer as you zoom in.

Note – The lock to grid setting will affect the positioning of the point when dragging and
dropping.

The icons on the bottom of the drawing screen provide useful tools to assist with the
drawing of the section. See Common drawing tools.

Tap Save when you are finished.

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 50


2 Using Depth and Slope Guidance

Templates mode

You can use an existing section memory as a template. You can then edit and save it as a
new section memory.

Select the section that you want to use as a template.

Select the drawing mode that you prefer, as explained in Drawing modes.

Tap inside any of the fields to directly edit it. For example, the system automatically assigns
the next available name to the memory, such as, Section 2. Tap inside the field to bring up
the on-screen keyboard and rename it.

The cursor identifies the active point on the section. The starting point of a section is
always zeroed and any additional points that you add are relative to the start point.

Tap on any point that you want to edit. You can either edit the numeric fields directly or you
can touch and hold the point with your finger and then drag and drop it to its new position.

TIPS:
l Touch and hold the point you want to edit until its color changes to yellow
before you try to drag and drop it to its new position.
l Zoom in to place your points more accurately. The resolution of the grid will
get finer as you zoom in.

Note – The lock to grid setting will affect the positioning of the point when dragging and
dropping.

Tap to delete a selected point or double tap individual points to delete them.
Note – You cannot delete the starting point.

The icons on the bottom of the drawing screen provide useful tools to assist with the
drawing of the section. See Common drawing tools.

Tap Save when you are finished.

Edit a section memory


To edit a section memory:

1. In the Target Cross Slope or Target Mainfall screen, select Section from the Type
drop-down list.
2. Tap the Memories icon on the right-hand side of the Memory field. The Section
Memories screen opens.
3. Select a section and tap the overflow icon on the right-hand side of the memory.
Select Edit. The Edit Section screen opens.
4. Tap inside any of the fields to directly edit them.

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 51


2 Using Depth and Slope Guidance

5. Tap on the point you want to edit. You can either edit the numeric fields directly or
you can touch and hold the point with your finger on the screen and then drag and
drop it to its new position.

TIPS:
Touch and hold the point you want to edit until its color changes to
yellow before you try to drag and drop it to its new position.
Zoom in to place your points more accurately. The resolution of the
grid will get finer as you zoom in.

Note – The lock to grid setting will affect the positioning of the point when dragging
and dropping.
6. Tap Save. The Section Memories screen appears and the memory you edited has
focus.

2.5 Touch Point


You can use Touch Point to transfer a bench elevation via a common hard point when you
use Depth and Slope mode without a laser catcher.

Touch Point is only available after you bench the system and requires a common feature,
such as a rock, that you can easily access from both your original working position and your
new working position.

The following diagram shows the typical workflow:

1. Bench elevation.
2. Set the initial Touch Point (common point from the original working position). This
becomes the reference elevation.
3. Move the machine and regain the Touch Point (common point from the new working
position). The elevation of the machine is now re-benched to the original bench
elevation.

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 52


2 Using Depth and Slope Guidance

1 Bench elevation 2 Set the initial Touch 3 Regain the Touch


Point Point

2.5.1 Rotation limitations


If you do not have a heading sensor you cannot rotate the cab when you move from one
working position to another and must reach the Touch Point in the digging orientation of
the excavator front linkage.

2.5.2 Using Touch Point


You can access the Touch Point screen via the Work Settings menu or the shortcut bar.

Note – If you tap the Touch Point icon the reference elevation is automatically set. However,
if you touch and hold it , you will need to manually set the reference elevation.

Note – The machine should already be benched.

Note – If you have a laser catcher, when there is a valid laser strike the Accept Laser Strike or
Decline Laser Strike icons will temporarily replace the Touch Point icon in the shortcut
bar.

1. Select a common point to transfer the bench elevation to. This point should be:
a. Within reach of both your current working position (and bench elevation) and
your new working position.
b. A stable point that will not move, for example a large rock.
2. If you do not have a heading sensor and you are on a slope, position the front linkage
parallel to the mainfall of the slope (do not rotate the cab). The machine should be in
its as benched orientation.
3. Position the attachment focus on the Touch Point (common point).
4. Tap the Touch Point icon in the shortcut bar to set the common point as the
reference elevation.
The reference elevation is automatically set and the Touch Point Set notification
message appears.
5. Move the machine to your new working position and place the attachment focus on
the same Touch Point (common point).
Note – If you do not have a heading sensor, ensure that you do not rotate the cab. You
must reach the Touch Point in the digging orientation of the front linkage.
6. Tap the Touch Point icon in the shortcut bar again to regain the Touch Point.
The reference elevation is transferred and the Touch Point Confirmed notification
message appears.
7. You can now work the surface relative to the original bench. Do not move the tracks.
Only rotate the cab if you have a heading sensor.

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 53


2 Using Depth and Slope Guidance

Note – You can repeat these steps every time you move the machine. However, each time you use
Touch Point there is a chance that you lose accuracy. The more times you use it without
benching, the greater the chance that you introduce error.

Alternatively:

1. Touch and hold the Touch Point icon in the shortcut bar to open the Touch Point
screen.
2. Position the attachment focus on the Touch Point (common point).
3. Tap Set. The common point becomes the reference elevation.
4. Tap Next.
5. Move the machine to your new working position and place the attachment focus on
the same Touch Point (common point).
Note – If you do not have a heading sensor, ensure that you do not rotate the cab. You
must reach the Touch Point in the digging orientation of the excavator front linkage.
6. If required, select the attachment focus position; or you can use the attachment
focus switch or the Focus icon to change the attachment focus.
7. If you have a swing boom, select the swing boom position.
8. Tap Regain. The reference elevation is transferred.
9. Tap Done. You can now work the surface relative to the original bench. Do not move
the tracks. Only rotate the cab if you have a heading sensor.

2.5.3 Text items


Text items display information on the work screen. When you use Touch Point the following
text items can be helpful:
l Cut/Fill center
l Attachment Slope
l Heading
l Rotation (heading sensor only)

2.6 Laser Referencing – Transfer Bench


If you bench the attachment focus on a point on the ground, you can use laser referencing
to transfer the benchmark elevation as you move around the site.

Using a laser plane is the most flexible method for transferring the benchmark elevation.

To use a laser you need a laser catcher installed and enabled on your machine, and a laser
transmitter set up correctly to provide the laser plane.

TIP – For information on offset from laser, see 2.7 Offset From Laser.

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 54


2 Using Depth and Slope Guidance

2.6.1 Rotation limitations


If the system is not equipped with an HS410 heading sensor or a Cat 07 rotation sensor,
you should not rotate the cab if you have a target cross slope or mainfall. The system
applies the mainfall slope in the direction of the front linkage. If you rotate the cab, the
target slopes rotate with you and you will dig yourself to the top or the bottom of a cone.

2.6.2 Laser icons


The shortcut bar displays different laser icon states. The behavior of the system depends
on the mode set in the Laser screen. If Auto Accept mode is on, you will see the letter A next
to the laser icon in the shortcut bar.

TIP – With Auto Accept mode on, you don't need to take your hands off the
controls to accept a laser strike.

If Auto Accept Mode is turned on and the laser catcher detects a laser strike, after five
seconds the system automatically accepts the elevation reference. If you do not want to use
the laser strike, tap the Decline Laser icon within five seconds.
If Auto Accept mode is off, the system automatically rejects a valid laser strike within five
seconds. Should you want to accept the laser strike, tap the Accept Laser Strike icon
within five seconds.

Note – The laser catcher will not register a second laser strike within five seconds of being in the
strike zone. This prevents unwanted alerts. To detect a new laser strike, remove the laser catcher
from the strike zone for five seconds.

2.6.3 Transfer bench information for level surfaces


If the target surface you wish to build is level then make sure the laser plane is also level.

Preparing the laser transmitter


1. Position the laser transmitter with a clear view to the laser catcher.
Typically the maximum distance between the laser transmitter and the laser catcher
is 300m (984 ft). For more information about the maximum distance for your
transmitter, refer to the documentation that came with your laser.
2. Set the laser transmitter at a height that prevents the beam from flashing directly into
people's eyes.
3. Configure the laser transmitter so that the mainfall axis and cross slope axis are set
to zero.

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 55


2 Using Depth and Slope Guidance

NOTES:

Laser guidance accuracy decreases:


l As the laser catcher distance from the laser transmitter increases.
l As the angle of the laser catcher on the excavator stick deviates from
perpendicular to the laser beam.
l If a laser transmitter with a lower accuracy grade of ± 0.7 mm at 30 m (0.03
inches at 98.4 ft) is used. For example, do not use anything lower than a
Spectra Precision GL722.

Using laser guidance

WARNING — Do not stare into the laser beam when the laser transmitter is
operating. For more information, refer to the documentation that came with your
laser.

1. In the Machine Setup screen, select 2D as the positioning source and ensure that
Laser Catcher is enabled.
2. Check the guidance bar to make sure that your target cross slope and target mainfall
slopes are both set to zero (Level).
3. Position the machine so that it can catch the laser strikes.
The laser catcher (mounted on the stick of the machine) needs to pass through the
plane from the laser transmitter.
4. Bench the machine via the Bench Elevation screen.
5. If you have an aftermarket system, activate laser mode by passing the laser catcher
through the plane of the laser transmitter. The Initializing Laser Catcher notification
appears. You are ready now to catch a laser strike.
Note – If you restart the EC520, change the positioning source or change the attachment
type between a bucket, tilt bucket or tiltrotator bucket you will deactivate laser mode.
6. Before you move the machine from the location in which it was benched, raise/lower
the boom and stick until the laser catcher accepts a valid laser strike.
Best practice for easily catching the laser is to try and keep the laser catcher near
vertical, do not move too quickly through the laser beam.

TIPS:
The right hand lightbar will help guide you to the laser plane as you get
close to it. The buzzer will also sound when laser strikes are received.
For best accuracy, use the same direction of boom movement when
accepting laser strikes, especially if Auto Accept Mode is on.

7. If Auto Accept Mode is off, accept the laser strike (within five seconds).

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 56


2 Using Depth and Slope Guidance

8. Move the machine to the new working location, and rotate the cab into the correct
orientation for benching.
9. Raise/lower the boom and stick until the laser catcher accepts a valid laser strike.
The system is now benched against the original benchmark elevation. Repeat this
step every time you move the machine tracks.

2.6.4 Transfer bench information for sloping surfaces and sections


If the target surface you wish to build has a slope or section then make sure the slope of the
laser plane is:
l Parallel to the slope of the target surface
l The same as the slope of the target surface (for example, if the slope of the target
surface is 15% the laser grade must also be 15%).

Preparing the laser transmitter


1. Position the laser transmitter with a clear view to the laser catcher.
Typically the maximum distance between the laser transmitter and the laser catcher
is 300m (984 ft). For more information about the maximum distance for your
transmitter, refer to the documentation that came with your laser.
2. Set the laser transmitter at a height that prevents the beam from flashing directly into
people's eyes.
3. Configure the laser transmitter so that the:
Mainfall axis and cross slope axis match the mainfall and cross slope of your
design.
If you have a section, set the laser slope in the direction of the section to zero.

NOTES:

Laser guidance accuracy decreases:


l As the laser catcher distance from the laser transmitter increases.
l As the angle of the laser catcher on the excavator stick deviates from
perpendicular to the laser beam.
l If a laser transmitter with a lower accuracy grade of ± 0.7 mm at 30 m (0.03
inches at 98.4 ft) is used. For example, do not use anything lower than a
Spectra Precision GL722.

Using laser guidance

WARNING — Do not stare into the laser beam when the laser transmitter is
operating. For more information, refer to the documentation that came with your
laser.

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 57


2 Using Depth and Slope Guidance

1. In the Machine Setup screen, select 2D as the positioning source and ensure that
Laser Catcher is enabled.
2. Check the guidance bar to make sure you have set your target cross slope and target
mainfall slopes.
3. Position the machine so that:
a. It can catch the laser strikes.
The laser catcher (mounted on the stick of the machine) needs to pass through
the plane from the laser transmitter.
b. The excavator is pointing in the correct direction (the excavator front linkage is
parallel to the mainfall).
4. Do not rotate the cab.
If you rotate the cab, the target slopes rotate with you and you will dig yourself to the
top or the bottom of a cone.
5. Bench the machine via the Bench Elevation screen.
6. If you have an aftermarket system, activate laser mode by passing the laser catcher
through the plane of the laser transmitter. The Initializing Laser Catcher notification
appears. You are ready now to catch a laser strike.
Note – If you restart the EC520, change the positioning source or change the attachment
type between a bucket, tilt bucket or tiltrotator bucket you will deactivate laser mode.
7. Before you move the machine from the location in which it was benched, raise/lower
the boom and stick until the laser catcher accepts a valid laser strike.
Best practice for easily catching the laser is to try and keep the laser catcher near
vertical, do not move too quickly through the laser beam.

TIPS:
The right hand lightbar will help guide you to the laser plane as you get
close to it. The buzzer will also sound when laser strikes are received.
For best accuracy, use the same direction of boom movement when
accepting laser strikes, especially if Auto Accept Mode is on.

8. If Auto Accept Mode is off, accept the laser strike (within five seconds).
9. Move the machine to the new working location, and rotate the cab into the correct
orientation for benching.
10. Raise/lower the boom and stick until the laser catcher accepts a valid laser strike.
The system is now benched against the original benchmark elevation. Repeat this
step every time you move the machine tracks.

2.7 Offset From Laser


When you establish an elevation reference from a laser plane, the system calculates all
target offsets directly from the height of the laser plane.

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 58


2 Using Depth and Slope Guidance

To use a laser you need a laser catcher installed and enabled on your machine, and a laser
transmitter set up correctly to provide the laser plane.

TIP – For information on transferring a bench via laser, see 2.6 Laser Referencing –
Transfer Bench.

2.7.1 Rotation limitations


If the system is not equipped with an HS410 heading sensor or a Cat 07 rotation sensor,
you should not rotate the cab if you have a target cross slope or mainfall. The system
applies the mainfall slope in the direction of the front linkage. If you rotate the cab, the
target slopes rotate with you and you will dig yourself to the top or the bottom of a cone.

2.7.2 Laser icons


The shortcut bar displays different laser icon states. The behavior of the system depends
on the mode set in the Laser screen. If Auto Accept mode is on, you will see the letter A next
to the laser icon in the shortcut bar.

TIP – With Auto Accept mode on, you don't need to take your hands off the
controls to accept a laser strike.

If Auto Accept Mode is turned on and the laser catcher detects a laser strike, after five
seconds the system automatically accepts the elevation reference. If you do not want to use
the laser strike, tap the Decline Laser icon within five seconds.
If Auto Accept mode is off, the system automatically rejects a valid laser strike within five
seconds. Should you want to accept the laser strike, tap the Accept Laser Strike icon
within five seconds.

Note – The laser catcher will not register a second laser strike within five seconds of being in the
strike zone. This prevents unwanted alerts. To detect a new laser strike, remove the laser catcher
from the strike zone for five seconds.

2.7.3 Using offset from laser for level surfaces


If the target surface you wish to build is level then make sure the laser plane is also level.

Preparing the laser transmitter


1. Position the laser transmitter with a clear view to the laser catcher.
Typically the maximum distance between the laser transmitter and the laser catcher
is 300m (984 ft). For more information about the maximum distance for your
transmitter, refer to the documentation that came with your laser.

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 59


2 Using Depth and Slope Guidance

2. Set the laser transmitter at a height that prevents the beam from flashing directly into
people's eyes.
3. Configure the laser transmitter so that the mainfall axis and cross slope axis are set
to zero.

NOTES:

Laser guidance accuracy decreases:


l As the laser catcher distance from the laser transmitter increases.
l As the angle of the laser catcher on the excavator stick deviates from
perpendicular to the laser beam.
l If a laser transmitter with a lower accuracy grade of ± 0.7 mm at 30 m (0.03
inches at 98.4 ft) is used. For example, do not use anything lower than a
Spectra Precision GL722.

Using laser guidance

WARNING — Do not stare into the laser beam when the laser transmitter is
operating. For more information, refer to the documentation that came with your
laser.

1. In the Machine Setup screen, select 2D as the positioning source and ensure that
Laser Catcher is enabled.
2. Check the guidance bar to make sure that your target cross slope and target mainfall
slopes are both set to zero (level).
3. Clear any existing benches via the Bench Elevation screen.
4. Position the machine so that:
a. It can catch the laser strikes.
The laser catcher (mounted on the stick of the machine) needs to pass through
the plane from the laser transmitter.
b. It is within reach of the surface to work.
5. If you have an aftermarket system, activate laser mode by passing the laser catcher
through the plane of the laser transmitter. The Initializing Laser Catcher notification
appears. You are ready now to catch a laser strike.
Note – If you restart the EC520, change the positioning source or change the attachment
type between a bucket, tilt bucket or tiltrotator bucket you will deactivate laser mode.
6. Raise/lower the boom and stick until the laser catcher accepts a valid laser strike. You
may rotate the cab.
Best practice for easily catching the laser is to try and keep the laser catcher near
vertical, do not move too quickly through the laser beam.

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 60


2 Using Depth and Slope Guidance

TIPS:
The right hand lightbar will help guide you to the laser plane as you get
close to it. The buzzer will also sound when laser strikes are received.
For best accuracy, use the same direction of boom movement when
accepting laser strikes, especially if Auto Accept Mode is on.

7. If Auto Accept Mode is off, accept the laser strike (within five seconds).
The laser strike elevation is accepted as the reference elevation, and all depths are
relative to the laser plane.
8. Before and after you move the machine tracks, catch the laser to re-establish the
elevation.

2.7.4 Using offset from laser for sloping surfaces and sections
If the target surface you wish to build has a slope or section then make sure the slope of the
laser plane is:
l Parallel to the slope of the target surface
l The same as the slope of the target surface (for example, if the slope of the target
surface is 15% the laser plane must also be 15%).

Preparing the laser transmitter


1. Position the laser transmitter with a clear view to the laser catcher.
Typically the maximum distance between the laser transmitter and the laser catcher
is 300m (984 ft). For more information about the maximum distance for your
transmitter, refer to the documentation that came with your laser.
2. Set the laser transmitter at a height that prevents the beam from flashing directly into
people's eyes.
3. Configure the laser transmitter so that the:
Mainfall axis and cross slope axis match the mainfall and cross slope of your
design.
If you have a section, set the laser slope in the direction of the section to zero.

NOTES:

Laser guidance accuracy decreases:


l As the laser catcher distance from the laser transmitter increases.
l As the angle of the laser catcher on the excavator stick deviates from
perpendicular to the laser beam.
l If a laser transmitter with a lower accuracy grade of ± 0.7 mm at 30 m (0.03
inches at 98.4 ft) is used. For example, do not use anything lower than a
Spectra Precision GL722.

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 61


2 Using Depth and Slope Guidance

Using laser guidance

WARNING — Do not stare into the laser beam when the laser transmitter is
operating. For more information, refer to the documentation that came with your
laser.

1. In the Machine Setup screen, select 2D as the positioning source and ensure that
Laser Catcher is enabled.
2. Check the guidance bar to make sure you have set your target cross slope and target
mainfall slopes.
3. Clear any existing benches via the Bench Elevation screen.
4. Position the machine so that:
a. It can catch the laser strikes.
The laser catcher (mounted on the stick of the machine) needs to pass through
the plane from the laser transmitter.
b. It is within reach of the surface to work.
c. The excavator is pointing in the correct direction (the excavator front linkage is
parallel to the mainfall).
5. Do not rotate the cab.
If you rotate the cab, the target slopes rotate with you and you will dig yourself to the
top or the bottom of a cone.
6. If you have an aftermarket system, activate laser mode by passing the laser catcher
through the plane of the laser transmitter. The Initializing Laser Catcher notification
appears. You are ready now to catch a laser strike.
Note – If you restart the EC520, change the positioning source or change the attachment
type between a bucket, tilt bucket or tiltrotator bucket you will deactivate laser mode.
7. Raise/lower the boom and stick until the laser catcher accepts a valid laser strike.
Best practice for easily catching the laser is to try and keep the laser catcher near
vertical, do not move too quickly through the laser beam.

TIPS:
The right hand lightbar will help guide you to the laser plane as you get
close to it. The buzzer will also sound when laser strikes are received.
For best accuracy, use the same direction of boom movement when
accepting laser strikes, especially if Auto Accept Mode is on.

8. If Auto Accept Mode is off, accept the laser strike (within five seconds).
The laser strike elevation is accepted as the reference elevation, and all depths are
relative to the laser plane.
9. Before and after you move the machine tracks, catch the laser to re-establish the
elevation.

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 62


3
Using Infield Guidance
In this chapter:
Infield Designs

This chapter introduces the use of infield designs.

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 63


3 Using Infield Guidance

3.1 Infield Designs


Infield designs enable you to create 3D designs in the cab. Using the design wizard, you can
create a simple design surface or a complex alignment with a cross-section applied to it.

To begin creating an infield design, do the following:

1. In the Job Setup screen, select a project and then go to the Mode field and select
Infield.
The Extra Linework (optional) field displays if you have a 3D guidance solution. This
helps you to reference an office design on the work screen.
Note – Access to extra linework is enabled or disabled by your technician. 3D line designs
are not available to select. Horizontal guidance to the extra linework is not available.
2. Tap the open icon on the right-hand side of the Design field. The Infield Designs
screen opens.
3. Tap Create.
4. Tap Level or Slope to create a simple design; tap Alignment and Section
to draw an alignment and section and then combine the two.

TIP - Load extra linework when you view the completed infield design on the work
screen.

3.1.1 Level pad design


To create a level pad design, select your guidance focus and then set an elevation.

TIP - Tap Here to use the current Elevation of the focus point.

3.1.2 Slope design


There are four steps to creating a slope:

1. Select the guidance focus and then set the coordinates of the initial point in your
alignment.
2. Select the slope type.
Point and Direction. Create a slope design by combining an initial point with a
defined direction and grade.
2-Point. Create a slope design using two points in the path of your alignment.
3. Define the surface.
For the Point and Direction method, enter angles for the direction of the path of your
alignment and the grade for the mainfall slope of your design in the direction
specified.

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 64


3 Using Infield Guidance

For the 2-Point method, select the bucket focus and then set the coordinates of a
second point, which defines the direction and grade of your alignment.
4. Enter the angle of the cross slope. For a dual cross slope, enter the left and right
angles of the slope.

TIPS:

l
Tap Here to use the current coordinates of the focus point.
l Tap Level to set the angle(s) of the cross slope to 0%.
l When you change the Slope Type from 2-Point to Point and Direction, the
new field values are calculated from the values entered for the two points.
Use this to check if the calculated direction and grade are within design
limits.

3.1.3 Alignment & Section design


When you create an Alignment & Section, you will be guided through a 3-step process:

1. Create an alignment.
Create the points that define the path of the alignment (Plan view).
Adjust the elevation of the points to establish the grade of the alignment
(Elevation view).
2. Create a section.
3. Combine the section and alignment to create a 3D model of the infield design.

You can create an infield design with your bucket tip directly on screen or using an existing
template.

Step 1: Create alignment


Select one of the drawing methods described in the following table.

Icon Method and description


Drawing with points. Use points that you have recorded on your work screen
or points imported from the office.
Drawing with the bucket focus. Use the focus of your bucket tip to define
alignment points.
Importing an existing alignment. Use an existing alignment as a template.
You can edit it and save it as a new alignment.

Alignment editing modes

The different editing modes described in the table below are common to each of the
alignment drawing methods.

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 65


3 Using Infield Guidance

By default, the edit coordinate mode is selected. Tap to select the editing mode you
prefer.

Icon Mode and description


Edit Coordinate. Use this to edit the Northing, Easting and/or Elevation of a
point.
Edit Segment. Use this to edit the distance, internal angle and elevation of a
point.

There are two steps to creating an alignment:

1. Create the points that define the path of the alignment (Plan view).
2. Adjust the elevation of the points to establish the grade of the alignment (Elevation
view).

TIP - Tap inside any field to directly edit it.

Drawing with points

Plan view

You can use points that you have previously recorded on the work screen or those that
have been imported from the office to create a new alignment. Tap to select a point
from the Points screen and add it to the alignment.

Use the filters on the Points screen to view only the points that were recorded on the work
screen, imported from the office, or both.

Office points are stored in office-created projects. To use any available office points, first
select the Office project in Job Setup.

TIP - Use the plan view preview to quickly check the placement of your points in
your work area. Points that you have selected are highlighted.

Note – The work area displayed in the plan view preview is the design selected in Job Setup. If you
have not selected a design, the plan view preview displays the last selected design.

The cursor identifies the active point. Additional points are relative to the origin point.
Note – Once an origin point has been created it cannot be edited as all the other points created
are positioned relative to this point. To change the origin point, tap and create a new one.

Tap to undo your last action. Tap to delete a selected point or double tap
individual points to delete them.

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 66


3 Using Infield Guidance

Tap the point you want to edit and then, either edit the numeric fields directly, or drag and
drop it to a new position.

TIPS:
l Touch and hold the point you want to edit until its color changes to yellow
before you try to drag and drop it to its new position.
l Zoom in to place your points more accurately. The resolution of the grid will
get finer as you zoom in.

Note – The lock to grid setting will affect the positioning of the point when dragging and
dropping.

The icons in the toolbar provide useful tools for creating your design. See Common drawing
tools.

Elevation view

After you create the points that define the path of the alignment, tap the Elevation view tab
to define the grade of the alignment by adjusting the elevation of the points.

This view shows the elevation of all points along the length of the alignment. By default, the
first and last points in the alignment are active . The black dotted line indicates a
consistent grade between the two points.

Note – Select any two points on the line by touching them in succession to make them active.

The black dots show the change in elevation between the active points.

Once you select the segments bound by the active points, tap the Align Vertices button
to align the segments between the active points. This is useful if you need to apply the same
slope or grade to a series of segments.

Note – The Align Vertices button is only available in Elevation view and is only enabled after you
create three or more points.

Note – If you alter any of the horizontal positions in the Plan view, you must also check the
Elevation view and make adjustments if necessary.

Tap Next when you are finished.

Drawing with the bucket focus

Plan view

You can use your bucket focus to create a new alignment. Tap the Focus icon to select
an alternative focus point.

The cursor identifies the active point. Additional points are relative to the origin point.

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 67


3 Using Infield Guidance

Note – Once an origin point has been created it cannot be edited as all the other points created
are positioned relative to this point. To change the origin point, tap and create a new one.

Each time you move the bucket to the next point, tap the Add Point icon .

Tap to undo your last action. Tap to delete a selected point or double tap
individual points to delete them.

After using the bucket focus to create a point, you can edit it.

Tap the point you want to edit and then, either edit the numeric fields directly, or drag and
drop it to a new position.

TIPS:
l Touch and hold the point you want to edit until its color changes to yellow
before you try to drag and drop it to its new position.
l Zoom in to place your points more accurately. The resolution of the grid will
get finer as you zoom in.

Note – The lock to grid setting will affect the positioning of the point when dragging and
dropping.

The icons in the toolbar provide useful tools for creating your design. See Common drawing
tools.

Elevation view

After you create the points that define the path of the alignment, tap the Elevation view tab
to define the grade of the alignment by adjusting the elevation of the points.

This view shows the elevation of all points along the length of the alignment. By default, the
first and last points in the alignment are active . The black dotted line indicates a
consistent grade between the two points.

Note – Select any two points on the line by touching them in succession to make them active.

The black dots show the change in elevation between the active points.

Once you select the segments bound by the active points, tap the Align Vertices button
to align the segments between the active points. This is useful if you need to apply the same
slope or grade to a series of segments.

Note – The Align Vertices button is only available in Elevation view and is only enabled after you
create three or more points.

Note – If you alter any of the horizontal positions in the Plan view, you must also check the
Elevation view and make adjustments if necessary.

Tap Next when you are finished.

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 68


3 Using Infield Guidance

Importing an existing alignment

You can use an existing alignment as a template. You can then edit and save it as a new
alignment.

Note – Any alignments you create as part of an infield design will be included in the list of
available templates.

The cursor identifies the active point. Additional points are relative to the origin point.
Note – Once an origin point has been created it cannot be edited as all the other points created
are positioned relative to this point. To change the origin point, tap and create a new one.
Tap the point you want to edit and then, either edit the numeric fields directly, or drag and
drop it to a new position.

TIPS:
l Touch and hold the point you want to edit until its color changes to yellow
before you try to drag and drop it to its new position.
l Zoom in to place your points more accurately. The resolution of the grid will
get finer as you zoom in.

Note – The lock to grid setting will affect the positioning of the point when dragging and
dropping.

TIP – To add a new point in the middle of a segment, touch the first point to
highlight it and then tap .

Tap to undo your last action. Tap to delete a selected point or double tap
individual points to delete them.

The icons in the toolbar provide useful tools for creating your design. See Common drawing
tools.

Tap Next when you are finished.

Step 2: Create Section


Sections are like templates that define roads, banks and channels. A section consists of a
number segments.

To create a section, use one of the methods described in the following table.

Icon Method and description


Drawing directly on-screen with your finger. Use your finger directly on the
screen to define section points.

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 69


3 Using Infield Guidance

Icon Method and description


Drawing with the bucket focus. Use the bucket focus to define section
points.
Importing an existing section. Use an existing section memory as a template.
You can edit it and save it as a new section memory.

Section editing modes

The different editing modes described in the table below are common to each of the
section creation modes.

By default, the edit line mode is selected. Tap to select the editing mode you prefer.

Icon Mode and description


Edit Point. In edit point mode you use relative measurements to specify a
point's position (like rise over run).
Edit Line. In edit line mode you use an angle and a horizontal distance from
the previous point to specify a point's position.
Scale All. In scale all mode you use a width and a height to specify the
sections size.
Note – In scale all mode, indicates that the height and width ratio will be
maintained on scaling. Tap to adjust these measures independently of each other
( ).

TIP - Tap inside any field to directly edit it.

Drawing directly on-screen with your finger

You can draw points directly on the screen with your finger to create a new section and
then save it.

The cursor identifies the active point. Additional points are relative to the origin point.
Every time you lift your finger off the screen a new point is added.

Tap the point you want to edit and then, either edit the numeric fields directly, or drag and
drop it to a new position.

Tap to undo your last action. Tap to delete a selected point or double tap
individual points to delete them.

The icons in the toolbar provide useful tools for creating your design. See Common drawing
tools.

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 70


3 Using Infield Guidance

Tap Next when you are finished.

Drawing with the bucket focus

You can use your bucket focus to create a new section. Tap the Focus icon to select an
alternative focus point.

Each time you move the bucket to the next point, tap the Add Point icon .
Tap the point you want to edit and then, either edit the numeric fields directly, or drag and
drop it to a new position.

After using the bucket focus to create a point, you can edit it.

Tap the point you want to edit and then, either edit the numeric fields directly, or drag and
drop it to a new position.

TIPS:
l Touch and hold the point you want to edit until its color changes to yellow
before you try to drag and drop it to its new position.
l Zoom in to place your points more accurately. The resolution of the grid will
get finer as you zoom in.

Note – The lock to grid setting will affect the positioning of the point when dragging and
dropping.

The icons in the toolbar provide useful tools for creating your design. See Common drawing
tools.

Tap Next when you are finished.

Importing an existing section

You can use an existing section as a template. You can then edit and save it as a new
section.

The cursor identifies the active point. Additional points are relative to the origin point.
Note – Once an origin point has been created it cannot be edited as all the other points created
are positioned relative to this point. To change the origin point, tap and create a new one.
Tap the point you want to edit and then, either edit the numeric fields directly, or drag and
drop it to a new position.

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 71


3 Using Infield Guidance

TIPS:
l Touch and hold the point you want to edit until its color changes to yellow
before you try to drag and drop it to its new position.
l Zoom in to place your points more accurately. The resolution of the grid will
get finer as you zoom in.

Note – The lock to grid setting will affect the positioning of the point when dragging and
dropping.

Tap to undo your last action. Tap to delete a selected point or double tap
individual points to delete them.

The icons in the toolbar provide useful tools for creating your design. See Common drawing
tools.

Tap Next when you are finished.

Step 3: Combine Alignment and Section


In this final step, the section is attached to the alignment. By default, the first point of the
section acts like an anchor and is attached to the alignment.

Drawing tools
The icons on the drawing screen provide useful tools to assist with combining the
alignment and section.

Icon Description
Enter the distance to extend the design back from the first point defined in
the alignment. The maximum value is 500 m.
Enter the distance to extend the design beyond the last point defined in the
alignment. The maximum value is 500 m.
Tap to move the intersection of the section and alignment to the previous
point.
Tap to move the intersection of the section and alignment to the next point.

Tap to horizontally flip the section without changing the intersection of the
section and alignment. Use this feature if the section is attached to the
wrong side of the alignment and you need to flip it to the other side. For
example, if the section is attached to the left side of the alignment and needs
to be on the right side, or vice-versa.
Tap to reset the zoom and display the entire drawing in the view.

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 72


3 Using Infield Guidance

Plan view

To edit the intersection point of the section, tap the Next Point and/or Previous Point
icons. The axes hairs show you where the section and alignment intersect.

3D view

Use the 3D view to perform a sanity check on the design.

TIP - Zoom in to inspect the design closely.

The system automatically assigns the next available name to the design, for example:
"Infield 2". If required, tap inside the Name field and enter another name.

Tap Apply.

Common drawing tools


The icons on the drawing screen provide useful tools to assist you with drawing alignments
or sections.

Icon Description
Tap to undo the last action.

Mirror the existing section either from the origin point or from the end point.
Select the mirroring direction in the pop-over box.
Select to replicate and reflect the section and attach it to the end.
Select to replicate and reflect the section and attach it to the origin.
Note – This is not available for Step 1: Create Alignment.
Tap to reset the zoom and display the entire drawing in the view.

Lock to Grid. New points are placed on the nearest intersection on the
drawing grid.
Unlock from Grid. New points are placed anywhere in the drawing window.
Tap to switch between the modes.
Note – Lock to Grid only applies to points created or edited on-screen by touch.

Tips to avoid overlapping surfaces in infield designs


Using the Alignment and Section method to create infield designs can create designs with
overlapping surfaces. The system may fail to give guidance to overlapping surfaces.

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 73


3 Using Infield Guidance

To use the Alignment and Section method to create designs with no overlapping surfaces,
create alignments that:
l Are straight or with wide corners and curves.
l Start and end on straight portions - if the design must close on itself. Leave a small
gap between the alignment's start and end.
l Have shallow or smooth elevation changes.
l Are along the inside edges of the desired surfaces so that placing the sections
creates surfaces along the open sides of the alignments.
l Have narrow cross sections, especially on designs with corners or curves.

When you combine the alignment and section, use the 3D view to check for:
l Overlapping sections - dark gray
l Missing sections - no gray
l Poorly formed sections - possible poor guidance points

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 74


4
Using Design Guidance
In this chapter:
Using Design Mode
Using Elevation Offsets
Horizontal Guidance
Vertical Guidance
Working with Points
Measured Data
3D Line Guidance
Lane Guidance
Using GNSS

To generate guidance information, the system measures the cutting edge's position relative
to a three dimensional (3D) digital map of the design surface. This is called Design guidance.
3D sensors such as GNSS receivers allow the system to always know the machine's three
dimensional location.

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 75


4 Using Design Guidance

4.1 Using Design Mode


Design mode lets you select and load a design surface to get guidance to.

Designs may include one or more surfaces and optional line work. You can select a line and
get guidance to it from the attachment focus tip.

Use .dsz and .vcl design files that are created in the office in Business Center Heavy
Construction Edition. The design files are either automatically downloaded to your system
from a cloud service, or you can load them onto your system from a USB drive.

When you select a .vcl design file that contains multiple surfaces, you must further select an
individual surface from the file and a master alignment for that surface.

The system supports filled linework in .vcl files. The fill reflects the color set in Business
Center Heavy Construction Edition.

4.1.1 Selecting Design mode


1. From the Dashboard, tap the Machine Setup tile.
2. From the Machine Setup screen, select the 3D positioning source that you require
and tap Apply.
Note – The positioning source you select will determine the modes that you can select from
the Job Setup screen.
3. From the Dashboard, tap the Job Setup tile.
4. From the Job Setup screen select Design as the mode. Also select a project, and
design file along with a surface and master alignment (if available).
5. To add reference surfaces, tap to open Surfaces Manager. Tap Apply.
6. From the Dashboard, tap Start. The work screen appears.

Note – If you select extra linework in Infield mode or Depth and Slope mode, and then change to
Design mode, the linework's design will be the default design.

4.1.2 The work screen


In Design mode, this icon (and the name of the selected design) appears at the top
left-hand side of the work screen:
Touch and hold the icon to open the Job Setup screen.

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 76


4 Using Design Guidance

The Design offset icons


The offset icons always appear in the same order left to right on the guidance bar, as shown
below:

Horizontal offset Vertical elevation offset Perpendicular elevation


offset

Note – Either the vertical elevation offset or perpendicular elevation offset icon appears,
depending on which offset type is in use.

Use the offset icons in the following ways:


l Tap to cycle through the configured offset memories.
l Touch and hold to access the respective offset configuration screens.

The offset settings screens


l Use the horizontal offset screen to select a line and configure an offset value.
l Use the elevation offset screen to configure a vertical or perpendicular offset.

Note – If you switch from Design mode to Depth and Slope mode, the system reverts back to an
Elevation Offset of 0.00.

4.1.3 Overlays

The overlays icon is in the top right-hand corner of the guidance bar:
Use this icon to directly access the Overlays screen, which controls what appears on the
guidance view.

The guidance view


The guidance view displays the machine relative to the surface being worked. You can set
up to three different views to display at once, from the following view types:
l 3D
Note – The 3D view only renders the design surface for a radius of 300 m (about 1000 feet)
from the current machine position.
l Cross-section
l Profile
l Plan
l Bubble
l Cut/Fill Focus
l Cut/Fill Left

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 77


4 Using Design Guidance

l Cut/Fill Right
l Cut/Fill Center
l Cut/Fill Center Back

Text items
Use the text ribbon (across the bottom of the guidance view) to display text items of your
choice. By default, the system displays ribbon items appropriate for your machine. Useful
text items for Design mode are:
l Cut/Fill Left
l Cut/Fill Right
l Offline

Touch and hold any text item in the text ribbon to open the corresponding context menu:

l
Tap Add to select a new text item to add to the text ribbon.
l
Tap Replace to select another text item to replace the current one.
l
Tap Remove to remove the current text item from the text ribbon.

At the bottom of the context menu, you can tap Go to Text Ribbon . Alternatively you
can access it from the System Settings menu . The Text Ribbon screen allows you to:
l Drag-and-drop items to reorder your list. Alternatively, you can drag a text item in the
text ribbon to shuffle it.
l Tap Edit to select which items appear.
l Tap Default to reload the default ribbon items for your machine.
l Enable or disable the display of the text ribbon in the work screen.

4.1.4 System settings

The System Settings icon is on the work screen:


Use System Settings to access and configure various functions, including (but not limited
to):
l Lightbars
l Units
l File Transfer
l Increments (where the inc/dec switches step size can be set)

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 78


4 Using Design Guidance

The shortcut bar

The shortcut bar enables you to easily perform frequently repeated tasks. The shortcut
icons are for Design relevant items such as Record Point and Attachment Focus.

4.1.5 The Back icon

The Back icon is in the top left-hand side of the title bar:
You can tap the icon or title to return to the previous screen; either the Dashboard or work
screen.

Work settings

The Work Settings icon is in the lower right-hand side of the work screen:
Use the Work Settings menu to access and configure those settings that change according
to the requirements of each individual task, including (but not limited to):
l Attachments
l Elevation Offset
l Record Point

4.2 Using Elevation Offsets


Often, it is not possible to reach the design surface in a single pass, because the elevation of
the current ground is too far away from the design surface.

The system lets you apply elevation offsets to the design to create target surfaces that are
achievable in a single pass.

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 79


4 Using Design Guidance

You can also use a working surface offset to shift the design surface to a known distance
above or below the design surface, for example a subgrade at a known distance below the
finished level design.

When using a working surface offset, elevation offsets are applied away from the working
surface so you can work the offset down to zero over several passes to reach subgrade for
example.

4.2.1 Accessing the Elevation Offset screen


Perform one of the following actions to access the Elevation Offset screen:

l
Open the Work Settings menu .
l Touch and hold the elevation offset field in the guidance bar.

The appearance of the offset icons on the guidance bar depends on:
l The direction of the working surface offset
l The direction of the elevation offset
l The type of offset – vertical or perpendicular

Working Surface Offset Elevation Offset Vertical Perpendicular


Negative Negative

Zero

Positive

Zero Negative

Zero

Positive

Positive Negative

Zero

Positive

4.2.2 The Elevation Offset screen


Use the Elevation Offset screen to:
l Apply or edit an elevation offset
l Select or edit an existing Elevation Offset memory
l Apply or edit a Working Surface offset

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 80


4 Using Design Guidance

You can also access the Offset Memories screen, which you can use to create elevation
offset values that the system saves and can be selected for later use.

When you work in Design mode, you can use elevation offsets to do the following tasks:
l Add an offset to the design surface.
l Select an offset from the offset memories.
l Apply a new working surface that is a offset above or below the design surface that
you want to achieve at the end of the current task (this is done under Advanced
Options).
For example, create a working surface that is 300 mm (1 ft) below the design and bulk
shift to that working surface. Then, add material back in offset increments of 50 mm
(2 in) each to build back up to the design surface.
l Choose the offset direction (vertical or perpendicular) that applies to both the
elevation offset and any working surface offset.

4.2.3 Applying an elevation offset


Use either of the following methods:
l Access the Elevation Offset screen, enter the following data and then tap Apply:
Offset value
Focus for guidance
Offset direction (optional item under Advanced Options):
Vertical - typically for a known elevation
Perpendicular - typically for a known thickness, particularly on a sloping
surface
l Open the work screen and tap the elevation offset field in the guidance bar to cycle
through the saved offset memories.
l Use the increment/decrement elevation offset switch to increase or decrease the
offset. (To edit the increment values, go to System Settings > Increments.)

4.2.4 Creating, editing or deleting memories


In the Elevation Offset screen:
l Tap the Save button to save an entered offset value as a memory.
l
Tap the Memories icon on the right-hand side of the memory to open the Offset
Memories screen.

In the Offset Memories screen:

l
Tap the overflow icon to edit or delete a memory.
l Tap the Create button to create a new memory.
l Touch and hold on a memory to select multiple memories for deletion.

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 81


4 Using Design Guidance

Note – The Save button saves the offset value only. The Working Surface offset and offset direction
are not saved.

4.3 Horizontal Guidance


You can receive horizontal guidance relative to the following design features:
l Lines within Office Designs or Infield Designs
l Design surface boundaries

Setting a horizontal offset moves the horizontal guidance away from the selected line. You
add or subtract an offset square to the selected horizontal line.

4.3.1 Access the Horizontal Guidance screen


Perform one of the following actions to access the Horizontal Guidance screen:

l
Open the Work Settings menu .
l Touch and hold the horizontal offset field in the guidance bar.

The horizontal offset icon on the guidance bar appears differently according to the value of
the current horizontal offset:

Offset type Icon Offset value


Negative Negative/left of line

None Zero

Positive Positive/right of line

TIP – The arrows on the selected line indicate the direction of the line. A positive
offset is to the right-hand side of the selected line, relative to the direction of the
line. A negative offset is to the left-hand side of the selected line, relative to the
direction of the line when you look along the line in the direction of the arrows.

4.3.2 The Horizontal Guidance screen


Use the Horizontal Guidance screen to:
l Select a horizontal line to guide to
l Optionally apply an offset

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 82


4 Using Design Guidance

Select a line for horizontal guidance


1. Access the Horizontal Guidance screen.
2. If you have not already done so, select a line to guide to. Either select a line from the
drop-down list or tap a line on the plan view.
3. Tap Apply.

In the Horizontal Guidance screen, the plan view draws the selected line in red. Arrows
indicate the direction of the line.

Alternatively, you can also select a line for horizontal guidance from the context menu in
the work screen:

1. From the plan view guidance pane, press and hold anywhere near the line you want
to select. A context menu appears.
2. Tap Choose Line and select an available line.
3. Tap Use for guidance.

Note – If you selected a design in the Job Setup menu that contains 3D lines, from the work screen
use the shortcut key or Work Settings menu to open the 3D Line Guidance screen and select
a 3D line for guidance.

Apply a horizontal offset


The horizontal offset is the offset distance left (–) or right (+) of the selected line.

1. Access the Horizontal Guidance screen.


2. Optionally, select a line to guide to.
3. Optionally, enter the value of the offset or tap the or buttons to increase or
decrease the value.
4. To save this as a memory, tap Save.
5. Tap Apply.

When an offset is entered (other than zero), in the Horizontal Guidance screen, the plan
view draws the original selected line in cyan. Arrows indicate the direction of the line. A
positive offset is to the right-hand side of the selected line, relative to the direction of the
line. A negative offset is to the left-hand side of the selected line, relative to the direction of
the line when you look along the line in the direction of the arrows.

The guidance line is drawn in red, it is offset from the selected line by the offset value and is
the line guidance is provided to.

Tap Memories to select an existing horizontal offset memory or to create the new offset
memory values that the system saves for later use.

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 83


4 Using Design Guidance

Applying a horizontal increment


1. Access the Increments screen from the System Settings menu .
2. Optionally, enter the value of the increment in the Horizontal Distance field.
3. Tap Apply.

The horizontal increment value is the amount the horizontal offset changes each time the
or buttons are tapped in the Horizontal Guidance screen.

4.3.3 Horizontal position information


The center lightbar can provide offline guidance (left/right) and the right lightbar can
provide reach (in/out) guidance. For more information, refer to the On-screen Lightbars
guide or the External Lightbars guide.

In addition to the lightbar, the following text items are also useful:
l Guidance Line: Shows the named line of the line selected for horizontal guidance (if
named).

4.3.4 Creating, editing or deleting memories


In the Horizontal Guidance screen:
l Tap the Save button to save an entered offset value as a memory.
l Tap the Memories button to open the Horizontal Offset Memories screen.

In the Horizontal Offset Memories screen:

l
Tap the overflow icon to edit or delete a memory.
l Tap the Create button to create a new memory.
l Touch and hold on a memory to select multiple memories for deletion.

4.4 Vertical Guidance


The system calculates the amount of cut/fill between the attachment tips and the design
surface (or an extension of it) and displays that in the text items and lightbars to guide the
operator to build the design surface.

The vertical guidance option selected in the Attachments screen changes how the system
looks at and extends the design surface beneath the blade to calculate the cut / fill values,
so it is important that the correct selection is made for the task you are performing.

This guide will help you understand how the different vertical guidance options work and
why you should choose them so that you can determine when you change the selection.

Overcut Protection is also available.

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 84


4 Using Design Guidance

4.4.1 Access the Attachments screen


Perform one of the following actions to access the Attachments screen:
l Open the Machine Setup tile on the Dashboard and then tap the Attachments
button.
l
Open the Work Settings menu and tap Attachment Manager.
l
Touch and hold the Focus shortcut icon on the shortcut bar.

4.4.2 The Attachments screen


Use the Attachments screen to:
l Select a focus, or a side of the attachment, to guide to. For more information on using
the guidance focus, see 4.3 Horizontal Guidance.
l Select a Vertical Guidance
l Optionally apply a Custom Inset
l Optionally toggle Overcut Protection on
l Edit cutting edge length
l Change the current bolt hole selection

Select an option for Vertical Guidance


1. Access the Attachments screen.
2. Select Guidance Focus. For more information on using the guidance focus, see 4.3
Horizontal Guidance.
3. Select the Vertical Guidance option for the current task:
Right - a single vertical guidance point inset 0.200 m (7.9 inches) from the right
cutting edge tip. Use this option when you are using the right side of the cutting
edge to build a design that is less than half your blade width, such as a narrow
ditch.

Center - a single guidance point in the cutting edge center. Use this option
when you need to grade material over a change in grade, such as the crown or
shoulder of a road. You can extend up to half the blade over the change in
grade.

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 85


4 Using Design Guidance

Left - a single vertical guidance point inset 0.200 m (7.9 inches) from the left
cutting edge tip. Use this option when you are using the left side of the cutting
edge to build a design that is less than half your cutting edge width, such as a
narrow ditch.

Linked to focus - a single guidance point inset 0.200 m (7.9 inches) from the
cutting edge tip with focus. Use this option when you are building a design that
is less than half your cutting edge width, such as grading a narrow ditch from
both directions. This guidance point is linked to the Focus and changes when
the Focus changes.
2 Points - two vertical guidance points, each inset 0.200 m (7.9 inches) from the
cutting edge tip. Use this option when you need to average the grade over the
cutting edge width, such as when grading a design with smooth curves, like a
golf course.

4. Tap Select.

Design line preview


The system can show an indication of the current design line in the cross section view. This
enables you to identify how the cut/fills are being calculated based on the currently-
selected vertical guidance point (or points) and the Overcut Protection setting:

1. Access the Overlays screen.


2. Enable the Design Line Preview (Cross Section) toggle. The design line displays on the
cross section view as a dashed line.

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 86


4 Using Design Guidance

Apply a custom inset


A custom inset allows you to change the position of the vertical guidance points by entering
a custom offset distance from the cutting edge tips.

Note – The custom inset option is available only when using Linked to Focus and 2 Points Vertical
Guidance options.

To apply a custom inset:

1. Select either Linked to Focus or 2 Points from the Vertical Guidance menu.
2. Open Advanced Options and toggle Custom Inset on.
3. Optionally update values in one or both of the inset fields. The insets swap sides
when the Focus changes.
4. Optionally, toggle Overcut Protection on.
5. Tap Select.

4.4.3 Overcut Protection


If Overcut Protection is on, the system checks for overcut of the design surface and adjusts
the cut/fill guidance to prevent it.

The Overcut Protection check depends on the selected Vertical Guidance:


l When vertical guidance other than 2 Points is selected, the entire length of the
cutting edge is checked against the design surface.
l When 2 Points vertical guidance is selected, only the tips of the cutting edge are
checked against the design surface.

Overcut Protection is useful when moving material across the toe of a slope, for example
moving excess material down from the batter to the floor of the excavation. Toggle Overcut
Protection off when the task is done to receive accurate guidance on the rest of the job.

When Overcut Protection is enabled the surface adjusts to protect the toe of the slope.

Overcut protection off Overcut protection on

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 87


4 Using Design Guidance

4.4.4 Edit the cutting edge length


For information on editing the cutting edge length, update the value in the Edit Attachment
screen, accessed via the Edit button on the Attachments screen.

4.4.5 Troubleshooting
If you are using 1 Point vertical guidance with Overcut Protection on and the cutting edge
cuts into the design surface, move the attachment so the vertical guidance point is farther
away from sharp grade changes.

4.5 Working with Points


Points are available when you are in Design mode and the machine has 3D sensors. If you
use GNSS receivers, the machine must be within the GNSS Tolerance Precision.

You can create points in the office or in the field.

4.5.1 Displaying points


To control the appearance of infield points on the work screen, adjust the settings in the
Overlays screen. To open the Overlays screen, tap in the top right-hand corner of the
guidance bar. The Points drop-down on the Overlays screen enables you to hide on-screen
points, or show combinations of the icon, Name and Code field.

If you choose to show points with their Name and Code, the system may truncate the
onscreen text so the important parts of the name fit on the screen.

Office points that are included in a layer in a .vcl file are managed the same way as linework
within the layer. When you use the Layers Manager screen to:
l Show the layer, the points also display.
l Hide the layer, the points are also hidden. Infield points remain visible.

4.5.2 Filtering points


On the Points Manager screen, you can filter to limit which points appear in the list. You can
show:
l All points
l Only points created in the office
l Only points created in the field (all Measured Data stores)
l Only points contained in a specific Measured Data store

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 88


4 Using Design Guidance

4.5.3 Deleting a point


In the Operator app, you can only delete a point that was created in the field. A point
created in the office must be deleted from the office software.

When you delete a point created in the field, the system preserves the point so the data is
still available to the office. The point is moved from the Measured Data file to a file named
<Measured_Data_name>.<machine_name>.deleted.

To delete a point:

l
From the Points Manager screen, tap the overflow icon on the right-hand side of
the point and select Delete.
l On the work screen:
a. Press and hold the point name. The pop-up menu displays.
b. Tap > and then tap Delete.

4.5.4 Recording a point


Use Record Point to save the 3D position (Northing, Easting and Elevation) of a point. It is
useful for recording positions that are hard to reach, for example under water, or points of
interest on site, such as the location of a manhole.

Your machine does not have to be stationary to record a point. Whether your machine is
moving or stationary, the system records the current position of the focus point when:
l you enter the Record Point screen
l
you use the Record Point shortcut key

You can access the Record Point screen from the Work Settings menu . The Record
Point screen lets you set up how the system logs the points that you record. It allows you to
set specific identifiers for the points, as required for the current job and environment.
There are three types of identifiers for points: name, code, and Measured Data.

The Edit Point screen has the same fields as the Record Point screen. It enables you to
modify an existing point.

Name
In the Record Point screen, tap in the Name field to enter a name for the point.

If a point in the system already has this name (for example Manhole) the system alerts you
with a message and adds a numeric suffix to the new point (for example Manhole 3). The
suffix automatically increases with each new point that has the same name. This lets you
quickly and repeatedly record points via the shortcut key or record point switch without
having to enter anything into the Record Point screen.

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 89


4 Using Design Guidance

If you do not enter anything into the Name field the name is just the numeric suffix. If you do
not specify a suffix, the system generates one automatically. You can edit the name and the
suffix as required.

Use this icon (next to the Name field) to select from a list of previously used names.

Code
The Code field is a string of text that helps describe the point, for example Mainfall 1. In the
Record Point screen, you can manually enter a Code string when you record the point, or
you can use this icon to select a string that was predefined in the office software. The
predefined Code strings are exported from the office software in a .flx file.

If you do not enter anything into the Code field, the code will be undefined.

Measured Data
See Measured Data.

Northing, Easting, and Elevation


If the Northing, Easting, and Elevation coordinates are available at the time you access the
Record Point screen, they will appear. The coordinates do not change if you move the focus
point. You can use the on-screen keypad to enter or change coordinates if required.

The Always Prompt toggle


If Always Prompt is on, the Record Point screen appears each time you tap the Record Point
icon in the work screen. Do this if you want to change the point name, code, or Measured
Data for each point you record.

If you want to record a number of points with the same name, code, and Measured Data,
set the Always Prompt toggle to off.

Cancel
To discard your changes, tap Cancel. The screen closes and the work screen appears.

Save
To record the new point, tap Save. The screen closes and the work screen appears.

4.5.5 How to record a point


1. Place the focus point onto the point that you want to record.

2. To record the point, do one of the following:

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 90


4 Using Design Guidance

l Access the Record Point screen, enter a name and code, tap Here and then Save.
Touch and hold the Record Point icon in the shortcuts bar ; this opens the
Record Point screen. Enter a name and code, tap Here and then Save.
Record a point that inherits the last used name (the system adds a numeric
suffix to the new point):
Tap the Record Point icon , or
Press the Record Point button on your remote switch:

4.5.6 Point files


Infield points are stored in a .pnt file. There is a separate .pnt file for each Measured Data,
using the naming convention <measured data>.<machine name>.V01.pnt.

4.5.7 Navigating to a point


The system can provide navigation to an infield or office point. On the Points Manager
screen, tap the overflow menu icon beside the appropriate point and select Navigate
To Point.

When the system provides guidance to a point, the work screen border turns blue and
shows a blue line between the focus and the point. The text ribbon shows:
l Nav Direction: the direction to the point relative to the machine direction
l Nav Distance: the horizontal distance to the point
l Nav Depth: the vertical distance to the point

Press this icon to stop navigation.

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 91


4 Using Design Guidance

4.5.8 Troubleshooting
If the record point icon does not appear in the shortcuts bar, and the Record Point option is
not in the Work Settings menu, check that you are in Design mode and that your system
includes a 3D sensor.

4.6 Measured Data


Measured Data are containers for points. They enable you to group related points together
so you can sort through many points. For example, you might use a Measured Data to
group together all points created on a specific day. You can then set filtering to display only
the points in that Measured Data.

Measured Data are created in the field.

4.6.1 Creating a Measured Data

You can access the Measured Data screen from the Work Settings menu .
1. From the Measured Data screen, tap Create. The New Measured Data screen
appears.
2. Enter a name for the Measured Data and then tap Save. The new Measured Data
appears in the list.

Measured Data naming conventions


Measured Data names can be up to 90 characters long.

Avoid using the following in Measured Data names:


l ,:*|\/?
l Emojis
l Duplicate names

4.6.2 Deleting a Measured Data


You can only delete a Measured Data created in the field. When you delete the Measured
Data, the system preserves the points that are contained within it so the office still has
access to the data.

You can access the Measured Data screen from the Work Settings menu .
1. On the Measured Data screen, select the Measured Data to delete.
2. Tap the overflow icon and select Delete. A confirmation dialog appears.
3. Tap Yes to confirm the deletion.

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 92


4 Using Design Guidance

4.6.3 Changing the Measured Data of a point


When you create a point, it is assigned to a Measured Data. You can access the Points
Manager screen from the Work Settings menu .
To move a point from one Measured Data to another:

1. On the Points Manager screen, select the point.


2. Tap the overflow icon on the right-hand side of the point and select Edit. The Edit
Point screen appears.
3. Select the new Measured Data from the Measured Data drop-down list.
4. Tap Save to save the point and return to the Points Manager screen.

4.7 3D Line Guidance


3D line designs (.dsz files) contain one or more 3D lines, that represent features such as
paths, drains, pipelines and avoidance zones (if available in the Project).

You can do the following with a 3D line design:


l Vary the width of the design surface of a selected 3D line.
l Extend the length of a selected 3D line. This also extends the design surface defined
by it.

The cross slope of the design surface defined by a 3D line is always level.

The direction and grade of the design surface defined by a 3D line can change between
segments.

A 3D line has named start and end points. The start point is named A and the end point is
named B.

4.7.1 Loading a 3D lines file


You need to load a 3D lines file before you can enable 3D line guidance. You can do this
from the:
l Dashboard, or;
l Work screen

Dashboard
1. On the Dashboard, tap the Job Setup tile. The Job Setup screen appears.
2. From the Project drop-down, select a project that contains a 3D lines design.
3. From the Modes drop-down, select the Design mode.
4. From the Design drop-down, select a 3D lines file. The image on the left changes to
show that the selected file is a 3D lines file.

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 93


4 Using Design Guidance

5. Tap Apply. The Dashboard appears.


6. Tap Start. The work screen appears.
7. Use the shortcut key or Work Settings menu to open the 3D Line Guidance
screen and select a 3D line for guidance.

Work screen
You can access a 3D lines file from either the:
l Guidance bar, or;
l Work Settings menu

Guidance bar
1. On the guidance bar, touch and hold the current file name. The Job Setup screen
appears.
2. From the Project drop-down, select a project that contains a 3D lines design.
3. From the Modes drop-down, select the Design mode.
4. From the Design drop-down, select a 3D lines file. The image on the left changes to
show that the selected file is a 3D lines file.
5. Tap Apply. The work screen appears.
6. Use the shortcut key or Work Settings menu to open the 3D Line Guidance
screen and enable 3D line guidance.

Work Settings menu


1. Tap the Work Settings icon .
2. Tap the Job Setup menu item. The Job Setup screen appears.
3. From the Project drop-down, select a project that contains a 3D lines design.
4. From the Modes drop-down, select the Design mode.
5. From the Design drop-down, select a 3D lines file. The image on the left changes to
show that the selected file is a 3D lines file.
6. Tap Apply. The work screen appears.
7. Use the shortcut key or Work Settings menu to open the 3D Line Guidance
screen and enable 3D line guidance.

4.7.2 Accessing the 3D Line Guidance screen


To access the 3D Line Guidance screen (from the work screen) you can either:

l
Tap the shortcut key , or;
l
Go to the Work Settings menu > 3D Line Guidance.
Note – The shortcut key does not appear in the work screen until you load a 3D lines file.

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 94


4 Using Design Guidance

4.7.3 Selecting a 3D line for guidance


1. Access the 3D Line Guidance screen.
2. In the plan view, select the line that you want to work with. You can pan and zoom the
plan view as required.
3. Set the surface width. The value must be between 0.10 of a meter and 50.00 meters
(4 inches and 164 feet).
4. To extend the length of the line, expand Advanced Options and enter the end point
extension lengths. The maximum length that you can add is 100 meters (328 feet).
5. Tap Apply. The work screen appears with the selected line shown in red. Any end
point extensions appear as a dashed red line, and the guidance surface that is
generated appears in dark gray.

4.7.4 Changing 3D line guidance


To change the line that you want to get 3D line guidance to:

1. Access the 3D Line Guidance screen.


2. The currently selected line appears in the plan view. Select the 3D line you want to get
guidance to.
3. Set the Surface Width.
4. If required, expand Advanced Options and enter the end point lengths.
5. Tap Apply. The work screen appears with the line shown as a surface.

4.7.5 Lightbar guidance to a 3D line


You can use the vertical guidance and horizontal guidance lightbars to guide you to your
chosen 3D line.

4.7.6 Useful text items


l Cut/Fill Left
l Cut/Fill Center
l Cut/Fill Right
l MA Offset (you can use this to gauge how far you are from your chosen 3D line).

4.8 Lane Guidance


Lane guidance enables you to work in two different ways:
l Holding an attachment onto a surface or lane
l Extending a lane sideways

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 95


4 Using Design Guidance

Lane guidance is available when:


l You are in design mode
l You have a .dsz design loaded
l A master alignment is present

Working surface, vertical and perpendicular lifts and horizontal guidance all work with lane
guidance.

Note – When you show cut/fill mapping while using lane guidance, you see a subset of the entire
mapped ground surface. This is most noticeable when using lane guidance on a horizontal curve.
Toggle lane guidance off to display the ground surface mapping over the complete design
reference.

4.8.1 Holding your attachment onto a surface or lane


When working on narrow surfaces such as a v-ditch, you can use lane guidance to extend
the slope of the v-ditch so that you can build that slope with an attachment that is wider
that the v-ditch. The system only gives guidance to your chosen lane.

4.8.2 Extending a lane sideways


Lane guidance lets you select a lane or two lines and extend the surface of the lane or the
grade between the two lines out to the left and right, to suit different situations.

For example, you can select a lane for guidance and extend it to the side to either meet the
cut or fill batter or sideslope of the road. This is often also offset in height as well so that the
design is built up in layers. See the figure below:

1 Original design 2 Lane side 3 Master alignment


4 Lane surface 5 Lane surface for
guidance (offset by 1
meter)

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 96


4 Using Design Guidance

You can also use lane guidance to suit a particular stage in a project. For example, while
building the cross slope of the left-hand lane, the lane is extended over the crown so that
excess material is cast over the crown onto the right-hand lane. The material in the right-
hand lane is dealt with at a later time. See the figure below:

1 Master alignment 2 Lane side

4.8.3 The shortcut key

When you are in the work screen, you can use the shortcut key to select a lane:
1. Position the machine with the attachment focus point between the required lane
sides.
2. Position the machine with the screed focus point between the required lane sides.
3. Tap .
You can also touch and hold the shortcut key to open the Lane Guidance screen.

If your design does not have a master alignment, and you try to enable Lane Guidance via
the shortcut key, the Select Master Alignment screen appears. In the plan view, tap the line
that you want to use or select a named alignment from the drop-down list. Once you have
selected a master alignment, the work screen appears.

4.8.4 The Lane Guidance screen


To open the Lane Guidance screen:

l
Touch and hold the shortcut key , or;
l
Go to the Work Settings menu > Lane Guidance.
The Lane Guidance screen contains a plan view of the machine on a design. You can pan
and zoom this view as required.

If the .dsz file contains named lines, you can select them from the Line A and Line B drop-
down lists.

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 97


4 Using Design Guidance

The master alignment


The lane surface is calculated at right angles to the master alignment.

If the .dsz file contains a master alignment, it appears in the plan view as a solid blue line.
You must use this master alignment and cannot change it.

If the .dsz file does not contain a master alignment, you must select one before you select
the lane sides:

1. Touch and hold . The Select Master Alignment screen appears.


2. In the plan view, tap the alignment that you want to use as the master alignment. Or,
select an alignment from the drop-down list.
The master alignment is stored with the design indefinitely. If the design is unloaded
and reloaded then the last selected master alignment is used.
Note – Think of the two lane sides and master alignment as a group. If you change the
master alignment, but not the lane sides, this changes the lane surface and the guidance
to it.

You can use the master alignment itself as one of the sides of the lane.

Creating a lane surface


To create a lane surface from the Lane Guidance screen, do one of the following:
l Select the alignments from the drop-down lists.
l Tap each lane side on the plan view.
l Touch and hold the area between two lane sides.

4.8.5 Lane Guidance limits


l The lane must be a minimum of 300mm (12in) wide.
l The lane sides must not turn more than 90° away from the master alignment.
l Lane Guidance starts only when all three lines (the master alignment, left-hand lane
side and right-hand lane side) have started. See the figure below:

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 98


4 Using Design Guidance

1 Lane guidance 2 Lane guidance 3 Lane guidance


unavailable: only one available: two lane unavailable: no master
lane side is present sides and the master alignment present
alignment are present

4.8.6 Troubleshooting
Lane guidance is unavailable when:
l You are more than 100 meters extension (left/right) of the guidance lane sides.
l Either lane side does not lie above the design surface.

4.9 Using GNSS

4.9.1 Troubleshooting
The table below lists some of the error messages that may appear in the work screen and
common error states during operation.

Operational Problem Solution


State
Coordinate One or more of the Contact your technician, site
System Failed coordinate system files, or engineer, or surveyor.
To Load. the site calibration file, may
Unable to load be corrupt.
the coordinate
system for the
current project.
Coordinate A file that is referenced in the Contact your technician, site
System Failed project site calibration is not engineer, or surveyor.
To Load. included in the coordinate
<filename>not system database. The
specified in coordinate system database
coordinate may need to be updated to
system include the required file.
database XML.
Coordinate A file that is referenced in the Contact your technician, site
System Failed project site calibration is not engineer, or surveyor.
To Load. present in the GeoData on
<filename> is the EC520.
missing or
invalid.

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 99


4 Using Design Guidance

Operational Problem Solution


State
GNSS Error. The GNSS receiver is tracking Check the radio and cables.
Autonomous satellites but there are no Check that the channel setting for
GNSS. valid corrections. the radio matches that of the base
station.
Ask your site supervisor to check that
the GNSS base station and any
repeaters in the radio network are
working correctly.
GNSS Error. No The GNSS receiver is not Check the GNSS receiver and cables,
GNSS Position. outputting data. and ensure the antennas have a
clear view of the sky.
GNSS Error. Old The GNSS receiver is not Check the GNSS cables and receiver
GNSS Position. tracking enough satellites, or for faults, and ensure the antennas
is still acquiring satellites and have a clear view of the sky.
not yet computing a valid
position.
GNSS Error. The GNSS position is out of Move the machine into range, or load
Out of Geoid the range of the loaded a project with the correct Geoid for
Range. geoid grid, or the correct your location. If problems continue,
project or Geoid has not contact your technician, site
been loaded. engineer, or surveyor.
New Base The base station radio Contact your site supervisor.
Station channel set up for your
Coordinates system, is also being used by
Detected. another base station within
Continued radio range.
operation may
give poor
results. Contact
your site
supervisor.
Sensor Invalid. Only one of the GNSS Check the cable and power for the
GNSS Receiver - receivers is generating receiver. If problems continue,
Left/Right is positions. contact your site supervisor.
disconnected.

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 100


5
Using Single-3D Guidance
In this chapter:
Using UTS for Guidance
Best Practices When Using Single-3D Guidance

You can use an MT900 Machine target with a Universal Total Station or a single GNSS
receiver to provide high precision 3D guidance to the attachment tips.

A UTS system can provide higher accuracy positioning than GNSS, and can continue to work
in circumstances that would usually degrade GNSS performance.

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 101


5 Using Single-3D Guidance

5.1 Using UTS for Guidance


Configure the machine to connect to a Universal Total Station (UTS) instrument for machine
guidance.

To enable UTS guidance, select a UTS option as the positioning source in the Machine
Setup screen.

5.1.1 The UTS Settings screen


The UTS Settings screen enables you to set the radio network ID and channel that both the
system and UTS instrument communicate over. Ensure that the Channel and Network ID
settings chosen on the machine match those set on the UTS instrument.

Note – Ensure that the UTS instrument has been set up in Machine Control mode using Trimble
SCS900 or Siteworks and that the small screen on the front of the UTS instrument displays
"Waiting for connection".

Note – Ensure that each machine using UTS guidance in the same area of a site has a unique
Target ID for its MT900 Machine Target.

TIPS:
l Look at the small screen on the front of the UTS instrument to check which
Channel and Network ID it is using.
l In the UTS Settings screen, toggle Auto Search off if you prefer to move the
machine back to the last tracked position where the MT900 Machine Target
was lost and manually start a search.

If you have an Operator Plus account you can configure the UTS tolerance thresholds via
the Advanced button on the UTS Settings screen.

5.1.2 The UTS Management screen


The UTS Management screen enables you to select and use UTS instruments that are on
the same radio channel and network as the machine and within radio range of the machine.

The system supports connection to a maximum of five UTS instruments.

TIPS:
l For best accuracy, select an instrument to use for guidance that is less than
200 m from the machine
l Set a custom name for your Trimble SPSx30 Total Station using Trimble
SCS900 or Siteworks software.

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 102


5 Using Single-3D Guidance

Note – Use Trimble SCS900 or Siteworks software to connect to and set up UTS instruments in
Machine Control mode before connecting to them from the machine. The accuracy of guidance
on the machine depends on an accurate UTS instrument setup.

Note – The system will clear the bench and transition offsets if you stop the UTS instrument
currently being used for guidance and start it again in a different position, or if you start using a
different UTS instrument. A confirmation message Bench and Transition Offsets will be Cleared is
displayed before you can use the UTS instrument for guidance.

Note – Tap within the UTS Name or Status column area to start or use the UTS instrument for
guidance. Tapping on a UTS instrument row in any other areas will not be recognized. This
prevents unintentional activation when your fingers are close to the screen in those columns.

Understanding UTS statuses

Item Function
Configuring Appears after you have tapped a UTS instrument to start it and
while a radio connection is being established with it.
Searching Appears when the UTS instrument is searching for the target.
Tracking Appears when a UTS instrument is tracking the target.
Used for Appears instead of the status of Tracking for the UTS instrument
Guidance that you have tapped to use for guidance. The UTS instrument
providing guidance is listed at the top and is highlighted orange.
Target Lost Appears when the UTS instrument is not tracking the machine
target and a search has failed to find the machine target, or when
auto search is disabled and the UTS instrument is not tracking the
machine target and you have not started a search.
UTS out of level Appears when a UTS instrument reports that it is out of level. To
correct this, stop the connection to that UTS instrument using the
overflow menu , re-level it and redo the UTS Instrument setup
using Trimble SCS900 or Siteworks before starting it again from the
machine.
Configuration Appears after you tap to start a UTS instrument but the radio
failed connection to it from the machine fails to be successfully
established. To correct this, stop the connection to that UTS
instrument using the overflow menu and redo the UTS
Instrument setup using Trimble SCS900 or Siteworks before starting
it again from the machine.
Out of Range Appears if your UTS instrument is positioned at a distance greater
than the Maximum Distance limit set for UTS tolerances. For more
information, see Understanding UTS tolerances.

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 103


5 Using Single-3D Guidance

Understanding Horizontal and Vertical Differences


UTS guidance accuracy decreases as the distance increases from the UTS instrument used
for guidance. Some jobs require using more than one UTS instrument to ensure accurate
guidance over the length of a pass. In this case, you must transition between UTS
instruments as the machine moves along the pass.

When multiple UTS instruments are used for a pass, the horizontal and vertical difference
values displayed in the UTS Management screen are the differences between the target
position reported by the UTS instrument used for guidance and the positions reported by
any other UTS instruments tracking that target. The horizontal and vertical difference
values provide an indication of the quality of the UTS instrument setup along a pass.

The first UTS instrument to track a target is assumed to have zero error. At each transition
between UTS instruments, the horizontal and vertical differences between the previous
UTS instrument and the new UTS instrument are compensated for by the system. These
compensations accumulate with each transition into a value referred to as the transition
offsets.

ATTENTION – If an action is performed that resets the transition offsets to zero


during a pass, then there may be significant changes to the elevation of the formed
surface and to horizontal guidance.

Understanding UTS information


Several icons appear in the UTS Management and work screens.

Icon Description
Displays when the distance to the UTS instrument has exceeded the warning
threshold. For more information, see Understanding UTS tolerances.
Displays when the distance to the UTS instrument is outside of the distance
or position tolerances. For more information, see Understanding
UTS tolerances.
Tap to display the overflow menu for an instrument in the list. Use the
overflow options as follows:
l
Tap to establish the radio connection to a UTS instrument and
move it to the Connected Instruments list.
Note – Once a UTS instrument is started by a machine it is not available for
other machines or surveyors to connect to.
l
Tap to use a connected UTS instrument for guidance.
Note – Not available when the UTS instrument is out of range or is outside
of the distance or position tolerances.For more information, see
Understanding UTS tolerances.

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 104


5 Using Single-3D Guidance

Icon Description
l
Tap to stop using the UTS instrument. This makes it available for
other machines or surveyors on site to use.
l
Tap to activate a search for the UTS instrument to find the MT900
target if it has lost tracking.
l
Tap to cancel a search in progress.
l
Tap to view diagnostic information for the UTS instrument and the
machine target.
Displays when the UTS instrument is connected to an external power
source.

Understanding UTS diagnostics


The Diagnostics pop-up information box displays status information for the UTS instrument
and the MT900 machine target. Use this information to troubleshoot errors during
operation.

The information box displays the name of the UTS instrument and its current status.

UTS

The fields in this area display status information for the UTS instrument.

Field Explanation
Northing The setup location of the UTS instrument.
Easting
Elevation
Compensator The instrument’s compensator status. For best results, ensure that
this is enabled.
Instrument The setup height of the UTS instrument above a known control
height point.
Scale factor The scale factor set on the UTS instrument.
PPM The offset that corrects the error in the UTS instrument’s Electronic
Distance Meter (EDM) caused by temperature and pressure.
Point Name The name of the point at which the UTS instrument was set up.

Machine Target

The fields in this area display the status of the machine target.

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 105


5 Using Single-3D Guidance

Field Explanation
Northing The location of the center of the machine target as measured by the
Easting UTS instrument, but adjusted for mast lean.
Elevation
Search window The position of the machine target relative to the search window
specified during UTS instrument set up.
Slope distance The observed location of the machine target relative to the UTS
Horizontal instrument.
angle
Vertical angle

Understanding UTS tolerances


If you are using more than one UTS instrument and are transitioning between them, you
can configure the acceptable thresholds for the distance and position differences between
the UTS instruments in the Web Interface. Use the thresholds to disable transitions
between UTS instruments outside tolerances.

In the work screen, the following information is displayed for UTS instruments:
l The text ribbon can be configured to display a text item that shows which MT900
machine target on the machine is currently being tracked and its distance from the
UTS instrument.
l The plan view displays the location of UTS instruments available on site. An orange
icon indicates the UTS instrument in use.

Bench UTS
Benching matches the cutting edge elevation to a known elevation on site. It does not match
the Northing or Easting horizontal position.

TIP – You can access the Bench UTS screen from the work settings menu or by
tapping the Bench button in the UTS Management screen.

To bench:

1. Open the Bench UTS screen.


2. Position the attachment tip over the benchmark. You may move the machine, front
linkage, or attachment to achieve this.
3. Level the attachment using the Current Reading of the slope displayed on the Bench
UTS screen.
4. Using a tape measure, measure up from the benchmark to the attachment tip.
5. In the Attachment Tip field, select which tip you want to bench: Left, Center, or Right.

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 106


5 Using Single-3D Guidance

6. Add the elevation of the benchmark and the value measured in step 4. Write this
value down and then enter that value into the Elevation - (A) field.
7. Tap Bench.
8. Before moving the machine go back into the Bench UTS screen and check that the
Last Bench Elevation displayed matches the elevation written down in step 6.

Common UTS problems

Problem Action
UTS instrument not Check that the radio channel and network on the
displayed in UTS machine are set correctly to match those of the
Management screen UTS instrument.
UTS instrument tracks the In the UTS Settings screen, change the target ID on the
Machine Target on machine. Ensure that each machine using UTS guidance
another machine in the same area of a site has a unique Target ID for its
MT900 Machine Target.

5.1.3 Troubleshooting UTS guidance


The table below lists some of the error messages that may appear in the work screen and
common error states during operation.

Operational Problem Solution


State
Rotate Body Not enough information to Without moving the tracks swing the
calculate an accurate machine’s upper body through 90° in
position. one direction without pausing.
Continue rotating the machine's
upper body until the operational state
message disappears.
The cab has rocked while Shift the machine to stable ground to
rotating. prevent rocking and restart the above
calibration process.
UTS Out of Level The tilt compensator on the 1. Stop the UTS instrument.
UTS instrument is out of 2. Repeat the position setup for
range. the instrument using Trimble
SCS900 or Siteworks, making
sure that the tripod is secure
and the instrument is level.
3. Start the UTS instrument from
the UTS Management screen.

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 107


5 Using Single-3D Guidance

Operational Problem Solution


State
Target Lost. The UTS instrument used 1. If required, tap Cancel to cancel
Searching... for guidance has lost line of the search.
sight to the machine target 2. Move the machine or remove
and Auto Search is enabled. any obstruction to the line of
sight.
3. Start a search for the UTS
instrument from the UTS
Management screen.
4. Optionally, hold and point the
UTS instrument at the target to
regain the lock.
UTS - Low This message appears You can choose to carry on working
Battery briefly on screen, first when or select another instrument from the
xx% of battery the UTS battery level is at UTS Management screen. Guidance is
remaining 15%, and then when the still provided.
UTS battery level reaches Check the remaining battery level of
5%. the UTS instrument in the
UTS Management screen.

5.2 Using Single GNSS for Guidance


If you have selected a single GNSS position source, then the selected design (or depth and
slope surface) and any associated 3D data will be visible in the work screen. Guidance is
given to the selected design or surface when the center of rotation (COR) is known.

When using single GNSS for guidance, the system will lose COR whenever you move the
undercarriage. To regain COR, you need to rotate the machine's cab.

Limited guidance can continue when COR is lost, using the position of the GNSS receiver.
The distance to avoidance zones is larger and is derived from the GNSS receiver and not
the machine boundary when COR is lost.

Note – The cross–section and profile guidance views are not available when COR is lost.

Single GNSS on Cat Next Gen excavators allows reduced swing to regain the machine
position and COR. You will be able to regain the COR with a single swing, however for best
accuracy you should swing and return to your digging position.

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 108


5 Using Single-3D Guidance

TIPS:
l For best performance with single GNSS on Cat Next Gen excavators, use a
MS9x5 or MS9x6 GNSS receiver. A MS9x2 receiver can also be used but with
lower performance.
l For best accuracy with single GNSS, ask your technician to perform a Mast
Measure-up in the Web Interface using the Total Station method.

5.3 Best Practices When Using Single-3D Guidance


The following best practices are recommended:
l Check and update cutting edge wear regularly.
l Maintain the machine in good condition to remove the play in joints that is caused by
excessive wear.
l Ensure that the system has an accurately calculated center of rotation by rotating the
machine's cab whenever you move the undercarriage.
l Ensure that the system has an accurately calculated center of rotation for operations
that require high precision guidance, such as Avoidance Zones and Infield Designs.
l Rotate the machine's cab in a smooth and even motion without pausing when the
system is calculating the machine's position. For best results, ensure that the
machine is on stable ground during the rotation.

5.3.1 UTS
l Place the UTS on a tripod, free from vibrations caused by passing machinery or the
wind.
l For best accuracy, place the UTS between 15 meters (50 feet) and 200 meters
(650 feet), up to a maximum of 300 meters (1000 feet), from the MT900 target.
l Set up UTS instruments accurately using a minimum of three survey control points in
a good geometric pattern.
l Optionally, check attachment tip elevation against an independent known elevation
before starting work and remove any differences by benching.
l Ensure that the UTS has a continuous line of sight to the MT900 target. Check that
the line of sight is maintained for all machine positions across the work area.

5.3.2 GNSS
l Depending on your GNSS Precision Tolerance setting, you may have to rotate the
machine's cab through a larger angle of rotation for the system to accurately
calculate the center of rotation.
l Select the GNSS Precision Tolerance suitable for your application from the System
Settings menu.
Note – The acceptable precision values are set in the Web Interface.

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 109


5 Using Single-3D Guidance

l If the distance from the GNSS mast to the center of rotation is less than 1.4 meters
(4.6 feet), you may have to rotate the machine’s cab through a larger angle of
rotation. The Rotate Body progress bar may not update correctly while rotating.
l For best accuracy with single GNSS, ask your technician to perform a Mast
Measure-up in the Web Interface using the Total Station method.

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 110


6
Using Depth Autos
In this chapter:
Depth Autos Setup
Depth Autos Optimization
Best Practices When Using Depth Autos

This chapter introduces the use of automatic controls for depth.

TIP – For Tilt Autos, see 7.2 Tilt Autos Setup. For Depth and Tilt Autos, see 7.4 Depth
and Tilt Autos Setup.

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 111


6 Using Depth Autos

6.1 Depth Autos Setup

TIP – When using Autos features, avoid connecting the Operator app device to the
system via Wi-Fi. Ensure that you use a wired connection.

Note – For Trimble Autos on Cat NGH series 07 machines or Cat NGH mini/micro machines, see
Appendix B, Using Autos on other machine models.

Note – If you want to use Depth and Tilt Autos together, see 7.4 Depth and Tilt Autos Setup.

Depth Autos performs best when grading a finish surface. After you finish bulk excavating
and approach final grade, engage Autos. The system automatically controls movement of
the boom and attachment, while you manually control movement of the stick.

Note – Use Autos with a bucket, do not use it with any other type of attachment.

Note – For machines with a two-piece boom, do not move the upper boom while in Autos mode.

TIP – For information on best practices, see 6.3 Best Practices When Using Depth
Autos.

6.1.1 Depth Autos status indicators


The Depth Autos status indicators at the bottom right–hand corner of the work screen
show you what state Autos are currently in.

Status indicator Status


Manual
Depth Autos is armed, but not engaged.
Manual interlock
Depth Autos is armed but cannot be engaged.
Possible reasons: Hydraulic lockout engaged, valve
module failure.
Depth Autos ready
Depth Autos is armed and engaged, but is not active
because the attachment is outside the control range.
Depth Autos engaged
Depth Autos is armed, engaged and active with the
attachment inside the control range.
In this state the system controls movement of the boom
and attachment.

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 112


6 Using Depth Autos

Status indicator Status


Depth Autos not ready
Depth Autos is armed and engaged but cannot be active
so Autos is temporarily suspended.
Possible reason: GNSS precision is outside tolerance.

6.1.2 Arm and Engage Depth Autos

WARNING — Do not leave the cab when Depth Autos is engaged. When Depth
Autos is engaged, the system will control movement of the boom and attachment.
These movements could cause injury to anyone near the attachment, or damage
to the machine. Always put the attachment on the ground and engage the
hydraulic lockout before you leave the machine.
Do not use Depth Autos if the ground conditions are unstable. Only use Depth
Autos to grade a finish surface. Disarm Depth Autos when you perform other
applications, such as lifting.

To use Depth Autos:

1. If you are in Depth and Slope mode, bench the machine before you use Depth Autos.
If you are in Design mode, load a design before you use Depth Autos.
2. Position the machine on solid, stable ground to prevent rocking.
3. Make sure the machine’s hydraulic oil reaches its normal operating temperature
(55°C/130°F ).
4. Select High Power mode and turn the throttle up to maximum revs.
Note – It is okay to use the auto idle function on your machine.
5. Position the attachment within the control range.

TIP – Use the lightbars, cut/fills and buzzer to guide the attachment.

6. Access the Autos Setup screen via the Work Settings menu.
7. Arm Autos: In the Autos Setup screen, toggle Arm Autos on and tap Apply.
A 30 second timer appears.
8. Confirm Autos: Press and hold the depth auto switch for more than one second, and
then release it.

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 113


6 Using Depth Autos

9. Engage Autos: Press and hold the depth auto switch as the attachment cutting edge
approaches the design elevation. Move the stick lever slowly to start the automatic
movement of the boom and attachment. Once Depth Autos engage and the boom
and attachment are in motion, you can increase the velocity of the stick.

To temporarily disengage Depth Autos, let go of the depth auto switch. Be aware that
while Autos is disengaged you can cut beneath the design. Sometimes you may
purposefully want to dig below design, however if this is not the case make sure that
you monitor your cut/fills and lightbars. Press the depth auto switch again to
re-engage Depth Autos.

Select and Apply a Preset


You can select and apply the active preset via the Autos Setup or Autos Optimization
screen. You can access these screens via the Work Settings menu. There is always at least

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 114


6 Using Depth Autos

one preset stored which is the Default preset set by your technician in the Web Interface.
This cannot be edited or deleted.

Select the active preset that you require and tap Apply.

You can create, edit or delete a preset via the Autos Optimization screen. For more
information, see 6.2 Depth Autos Optimization.

6.1.3 Troubleshooting
The table below lists some of the error messages that may appear when you use Autos. You
may need to enlist the help of your technician to resolve the error states.

Error Message Possible cause(s)


Auto switch Fault Suspect that the depth auto switch cable is
disconnected, the depth auto switch or valve module is
faulty, or the interconnecting cables are faulty.
Hydraulic Lockout Fault Suspect that the pilot pressure switch attached to the
valve manifold is disconnected from the valve cable, or
the pilot pressure switch or connecting cables are
faulty, or the valve module is faulty.
Proportional Valve Fault Suspect that the valve is not connected or the valve or
valve cable are faulty.
Master Enable Valve Fault Suspect that the master enable valve is not connected
or the master enable valve or valve cable are faulty.
Auto State Not Visible Suspect that other menus or apps are obscuring the
Autos icon.

6.2 Depth Autos Optimization


Note – For Trimble Autos on Cat NGH series 07 machines or Cat NGH mini/micro machines, see
Appendix B, Using Autos on other machine models.

TIP – For information on how to use Autos, see 6.1 Depth Autos Setup.

6.2.1 Presets
Presets allow you to save Autos Optimization settings so that you can restore them later.
This is useful when there is a change in application or material.

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 115


6 Using Depth Autos

Note – Presets are not dependent on the Auto mode selected. For example, if you create Preset 1
while in Depth and Tilt mode, the same boom and attachment speeds will appear if you select
Preset 1 while in Depth mode and the same tilt speed will appear if you select Preset 1 while in Tilt
mode.

Select and Apply a Preset


You can select and apply the active preset via the Autos Setup or Autos Optimization
screen. You can access these screens via the Work Settings menu. There is always at least
one preset stored which is the Default preset set by your technician in the Web Interface.
This cannot be edited or deleted.

Select the active preset that you require and tap Apply.

Add a new preset


Note – When you add a new preset the Autos Optimization sliders are set to their default values.

1. In the Autos Optimization screen, tap Create. The Add New Preset screen opens.
2. Tap inside the Preset Name field and enter a descriptive name for the preset.
3. Tap Apply. You are returned to the Autos Optimization screen.
4. In the Autos Optimization screen, use the Autos sliders or the arrows to increase (
) or decrease ( ) the values. For more information, see the section on
optimizing the Autos performance.
5. The preset changes to a customized or temporary state (as indicated by the * next to
the preset name and the italicized text).
6. Tap Apply to save the preset in its customized state.
Note – All changes will be discarded if you select the original unmodified preset or a
different preset. To save the customized preset permanently, tap Save As. See Save an
edited preset with a new name.

Edit a preset

Note – If you try to switch to another preset while editing, the Discard All Changes? confirmation
message appears. Any unsaved changes you made will be lost if you tap Yes.

1. In the Autos Optimization screen, select and apply a preset.


2. Use the Autos sliders or the arrows to increase ( ) or decrease ( ) any of the
values.
Any edit you make to a preset puts it into a customized and temporary state (as
indicated by the * next to the preset name and the italicized text) .
3. To save the changes, tap Save As. The Save Preset As screen opens.
4. Turn on the Replace Existing slider. It will auto populate the Preset Name field with
the name of the active preset. Tap Apply. You are returned to the Autos Optimization
screen. The Preset Overwritten notification message appears.

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 116


6 Using Depth Autos

TIP - To save the customized preset with a new name, see Save an edited preset
with a new name.

Save an edited preset with a new name


Any active preset that is in a customized and temporary state (as indicated by the * next to
the preset name and the italicized text) can be permanently saved as a new preset with a
different name.

1. In the Autos Optimization screen, tap Save As. The Save Preset As screen opens.
2. Tap inside the Preset Name field and enter a descriptive name for the preset.
3. Tap Apply. You are returned to the Autos Optimization screen. The Preset Saved
Successfully notification message appears.

TIP - If you turn on the Replace Existing slider, it will auto populate the Preset
Name field with the name of the active preset. Tap Apply. You are returned to the
Autos Optimization screen. The Preset Overwritten notification message appears.

Delete a preset
Note – You cannot delete the Default preset.

1. In the Autos Optimization screen, select a preset and tap the delete icon ( ) on the
right-hand side of the preset.
2. A Delete confirmation message appears.
3. Tap Yes to confirm the deletion.

6.2.2 Optimize the Depth Autos performance


Note – Check that your technician has calibrated Autos before you try to adjust the values in the
Autos Optimization screen.

You may need to adjust the Autos Optimization settings when, for example, you work with a
different type of material (such as sand, dirt, or gravel).

Adjusting the settings in the Autos Optimization screen may improve the performance of
Autos. For example, if the boom is overshooting above the target design grade when you
pull in the stick, you can decrease the Boom Raise speed.

Autos performance is dependent on the speed that you pull in the stick. Experiment with
different speeds to find the optimum for your machine and combination of attachment and
material. For example:
l A slower or faster speed may produce a better result.
l A smooth take off speed helps.

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 117


6 Using Depth Autos

l Do not vary the speed while optimizing the sliders.


1. Select High Power mode and turn the throttle up to maximum revs.
2. Using Depth Autos, make a test pass in the material you are working, so that you can
judge the current performance of Autos.
a. Place the attachment on grade at near full reach.
b. Engage Autos.
c. Watch how quickly or slowly the attachment moves to the on-grade position.
Note – The behavior of Autos when the attachment is not loaded with the same material
you will work with does not provide enough information to adjust the values in the Autos
Optimization screen. Always use this information in conjunction with the results of a test
pass.
3. To make any changes, in the Autos Optimization screen, select the appropriate type
from the Optimize drop-down list.
4. Move the slider(s) to increase or decrease the values for the following:

TIP – The apex is where the boom changes from raising to lowering during a
pass.

1 Full reach to apex 2 Apex 3 Apex to fully crowded

Type Option Description


Attack Angle Attack Angle If required, move the Attack Angle
slider to change the angle of the
bottom of the attachment to the
design surface.
Zero is parallel, a negative value will

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 118


6 Using Depth Autos

Type Option Description


lower the back of the attachment and a
positive value will raise the back of the
attachment.
Rake Rake In Before Apex If the finished surface is below grade
when you perform a Rake In pass from
full reach to the apex, increase this
value.
Rake In After Apex If the finished surface is below grade
when you perform a Rake In pass from
apex to fully crowded, increase this
value.
Rake Out Before Apex If the finished surface is below grade
when you perform a Rake Out pass
from fully crowded to the apex,
increase this value.
Rake Out After Apex If the finished surface is below grade
when you perform a Rake Out pass
from the apex to full reach, increase
this value.
Flat Flat Attachment In If the finished surface is below grade
Attachment In (Boom) Before Apex when you perform a Flat Attachment In
pass from full reach to the apex,
increase this value. This will control the
boom raise and lower commands.
Flat Attachment In If the finished surface is below grade
(Boom) After Apex when you perform a Flat Attachment In
pass from the apex to fully crowded,
increase this value. This will control the
boom raise and lower commands.
Flat Attachment In If the attachment changes angle too
(Attachment) Before slowly and does not keep flat on grade
Apex when you perform a Flat Attachment In
pass from full reach to the apex,
increase this value.
Flat Attachment In If the attachment changes angle too
(Attachment) After slowly and does not keep flat on grade
Apex when you perform a Flat Attachment In
pass from the apex to fully crowded,

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 119


6 Using Depth Autos

Type Option Description


increase this value.
Flat Flat Attachment Out If the finished surface is below grade
Attachment (Boom) Before Apex when you perform a Flat Attachment
Out Out pass from fully crowded to the
apex, increase this value. This will
control the boom raise and lower
commands.
Flat Attachment Out If the attachment changes angle too
(Boom) After Apex slowly and does not keep flat on grade
when you perform a Flat Attachment
Out pass from the apex to full reach,
increase this value. This will control the
boom raise and lower commands.
Flat Attachment Out If the attachment changes angle too
(Attachment) Before slowly and does not keep flat on grade
Apex when you perform a Flat Attachment
Out pass from fully crowded to the
apex, increase this value.
Flat Attachment Out If the attachment changes angle too
(Attachment) After slowly and does not keep flat on grade
Apex when you perform a Flat Attachment
Out pass from the apex to full reach,
increase this value.
Boom Raise Speed Looking at the surface from full reach
to the apex, use Boom Raise Speed to
make the attachment cut to grade. If
the finished surface is consistently
below grade, increase this value.
Raise Response If the boom is slow to rise, then
increase this value.
Lower Speed Looking at the surface from the apex
to fully crowded, use Boom Lower
Speed to make the attachment cut to
grade. If the finished surface is
consistently above grade, increase this
value.
Lower Response If the boom is slow to lower, then
increase this value.

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 120


6 Using Depth Autos

Type Option Description


Take Off Speed If the boom is not driving to grade
within the first 0.5 m/1.5 ft after the
stick is pulled, increase this value.
Decreasing this value may reduce
oscillations at the very beginning of the
pass.
Joystick Joystick Response If both the boom and attachment are
Speed slow to respond to stick movement,
increase this value. Decreasing this
value may reduce oscillations at the
very beginning of the pass and
oscillations observed when the stick
movement is slow.
Attachment Dump Speed If the attachment is slow to dump for
the full duration of the pass, increase
this value.
Dump Response If the attachment is slow to dump, then
increase this value.
Curl Speed If the attachment is slow to curl for the
full duration of the pass, increase this
value.
Curl Response If the attachment is slow to curl, then
increase this value.

5. Tap Apply.
6. Make another test pass and compare the results. Repeat the process, if necessary,
until you get the results you desire.
You may need to enlist the help of your technician for further fine tuning and a
precise check of the machine measure-up.

6.3 Best Practices When Using Depth Autos


Note – For Trimble Autos on Cat NGH series 07 machines or Cat NGH mini/micro machines, see
Appendix B, Using Autos on other machine models.

Observe the following best practices to obtain optimal results when using Depth Autos.

Note – Use Autos with a bucket, do not use it with any other type of attachment.

Note – For machines with a two-piece boom, do not move the upper boom while in Autos mode.

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 121


6 Using Depth Autos

WARNING — Do not leave the cab when Depth Autos is engaged. When Depth
Autos is engaged, the system will control movement of the boom and attachment.
These movements could cause injury to anyone near the attachment, or damage
to the machine. Always put the attachment on the ground and engage the
hydraulic lockout before you leave the machine.
Do not use Depth Autos if the ground conditions are unstable. Only use Depth
Autos to grade a finish surface. Disarm Depth Autos when you perform other
applications, such as lifting.

TIP – When using Autos features, avoid connecting the Operator app device to the
system via Wi-Fi. Ensure that you use a wired connection.

6.3.1 Prepare the machine


Procedures that your technician or installer should perform before you use Depth Autos:
l Check that the machine is in good operating condition.
l Check that none of the connecting pins (boom, stick, attachment and cylinders) have
excessive wear. If the machine is loose, the system cannot produce optimal results.
l Check that the measure-up and calibration of the machine is accurate. The surface
you build cannot be better than the accuracy of these measurements and
calibrations.
l Check that a valve calibration has been performed.

6.3.2 Best practices for operating excavators


Depth Autos performs best when grading a finish surface.

Procedures to perform every time you use Depth Autos


l Position the machine on solid, stable ground to prevent rocking.
Rocking will negatively affect the performance of Depth Autos. It is important that
both excavator tracks are firmly planted on stable ground. It is not essential that the
ground is flat (a sloping surface is okay).
Note – If you do not have a tilt bucket, the machine will need to sit on a surface that is close
to the cross slope on the target surface. The roll of the excavator (slope of the machine
measured from one track to the opposite track) will determine the cross slope of the finish
surface.

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 122


6 Using Depth Autos

TIP – If the attachment becomes unstable due to machine rocking, stop and
wait until the attachment becomes stable before you try again. If the problem
persists, prepare the ground that the machine tracks will sit on. Both tracks
should sit on stable ground.

l Make sure the machine’s hydraulic oil reaches its normal operating temperature
(55°C/130°F ).
l Select High Power mode and turn the throttle up to maximum revs.
The hydraulic pump should always have maximum power available to it, so the
hydraulic system can respond to automatic commands as quickly as possible.
Note – It is okay to use the auto idle function on your machine.

TIP – When starting the machine, make sure that it hasn't defaulted to another
mode such as Economic or Standard Power mode. Some machines will default
to a mode other than High Power when they are started.

l Position the attachment within the control range.

TIP – Use the lightbars, cut/fills and buzzer to guide the attachment.

l If applicable, make sure the following features are disabled before you use Depth
Autos:
Crane/heavy lift mode
Smart boom

Procedures to perform every time you change the attachment


l Check that a precise measure-up has been done for the attachment.
If you have an Operator Plus account you can create and edit attachments via
the Advanced button on the Edit Attachment screen.
If you have an Operator account and it is a new attachment, your technician or
dealer must enter the measure-up in the Web Interface before you can select it
in the Attachments screen.
l Check the performance of Depth Autos every time you change from one attachment
to another, especially if you are going from a large heavy attachment to a smaller one
or vice-versa.
If necessary, adjust the sliders for the boom and/or attachment in the Autos
Optimization screen. This can optimize Autos performance.

Procedures to perform, as required


l Update the cutting edge length to account for the wear of the attachment. If
required, update the value in the Edit Attachment screen, accessed via the Edit

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 123


6 Using Depth Autos

button on the Attachments screen.


If the cutting edge has worn unevenly, use an average value. However, guidance will
never be better than the range of differences in wear.
Note – The frequency at which you need to check the cutting edge length depends on
factors such as the type of material you work with and the durability of the cutting edge.
l You can improve the performance of Depth Autos by adjusting the values in the
Autos Optimization screen. For example, if the attachment is slow to curl for the full
duration of the pass, increase the Attachment Curl Speed.
Another example of when you might need to adjust the Autos Optimization values is
when material conditions change.

Operating practices that can improve performance


l To improve grading performance when material conditions change, adjust the
velocity of the stick movement, especially when you first initiate Depth Autos.
If you use the attachment in a flat position on hard clay, you can initiate the stick lever
quickly.

If you use the attachment in the raking position in loose gravel, initiate the stick lever
slowly.

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 124


6 Using Depth Autos

l Decrease the stick velocity when you reach and pass through the apex of the stick
(when the boom changes from rising to lowering) or at transitions of slopes.
l If you use the attachment in a flat position when the cutting edge transitions from a
sloping to flat design, Depth Autos is often not quick enough to raise the boom and
dump the attachment, while also keeping the attachment locked to the design plane.
As a result the attachment can unsnap from the design, as shown below.

To avoid this, either grade through the transition with the attachment in the raking
position or pass through the transition with a flat attachment and then re-position
the attachment to grade the flat section, as shown below.

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 125


6 Using Depth Autos

l To achieve the best results, leave the surface a little high before you make the final
pass. The attachment is more stable while it is resting on material versus in the air.
l Have the attachment flat against the design surface for the final pass.
Making a pass in loose material while the attachment is in the rake position will allow
material to fall between the teeth. This results in the surface being a little high. For
best accuracy, make the final pass with the attachment flat against the design
surface.
l To avoid under or over-cutting at the start of a flat attachment pass, allow the
attachment to snap to design slope before increasing stick velocity.
l It is best to manually reach design grade with the attachment and then engage Depth
Autos while you slowly pull in the stick. The boom transition into Autos is smoother
while the stick is in motion versus no motion.
Avoid engaging Depth Autos while there is no stick motion and the stick is fully
extended with the attachment in the rake position. If you do need to start a pass in
this position, move the stick slowly to prevent cutting below the target surface.
l When making a pass that will result in full stick cylinder extension, release the depth
auto switch just prior to reaching full cylinder extent. This will allow smoother
operation and avoid unwanted boom reaction when stalling the stick in Depth Autos.
l The attachment attack angle that will provide optimal grading performance in most
applications is to align the cutting edge with the design surface.

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 126


6 Using Depth Autos

If the attachment attack angle is not aggressive enough, it will ride on the bottom of
the attachment and will not allow the cutting edge to reach design. This will result in a
system that will continually cut high and not get down to grade.

If the attachment attack angle is too aggressive, it will cut into the design when it
encounters a load.

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 127


6 Using Depth Autos

TIP – You may need to use this aggressive angle when you work with very hard
material.

l In the Autos Optimization screen you can also move the Attachment Attack Angle
slider to change the angle of the bottom of the attachment to the design surface.
Zero is parallel, a negative value will lower the back of the attachment and a positive
value will raise the back of the attachment

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 128


7
Using Tiltrotator Attachments
In this chapter:
Using Tiltrotators
Tilt Autos Setup
Tilt Autos Optimization
Depth and Tilt Autos Setup
Depth and Tilt Autos Optimization
Best Practices When Using Tilt Autos

This chapter introduces the use of tiltrotator attachments with the system.

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 129


7 Using Tiltrotator Attachments

7.1 Using Tiltrotators

TIP – When using Autos features, avoid connecting the Operator app device to the
system via Wi-Fi. Ensure that you use a wired connection.

A tilting rotating coupler (tiltrotator) enables you to:


l Rotate the attachment to any angle.
l Tilt the attachment up to 40° from a normal fixed-attachment position, at any
rotation angle.

In the display's layout views, the appearance of a tiltrotator attachment is different to that of
a standard attachment.

7.1.1 Plan view


For the plan view, the perspective does not change when the attachment rotates.

l The attachment (1)rotates independent of the machine heading.


l The cross section line (2)rotates with the attachment. It is parallel to the cutting
edge.
l The profile line (3)rotates with the attachment. It is perpendicular to the cutting
edge.

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 130


7 Using Tiltrotator Attachments

7.1.2 Cross section view

l The cross section view is aligned to the attachment heading (perpendicular to the
cutting edge) and rotates with the attachment (1)
l The cross section line (2)runs along the design surface underneath the cutting edge
and rotates with the attachment (1).

Note – In the Overlays screen if you turn on visibility of the machine, it will not apply to this view
as the machine could block the view of the attachment while it is rotating.

7.1.3 Profile view

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 131


7 Using Tiltrotator Attachments

l The profile view is aligned perpendicular to the attachment heading and rotates with
the attachment (1).
l The profile line (2)runs along the design surface underneath the focus point, in the
direction of the attachment heading.

Note – In the Overlays screen if you turn on visibility of the machine, it will not apply to this view
as the machine could block the view of the attachment while it is rotating.

7.1.4 3D view
For the 3D view, the perspective does not change when the attachment rotates. The profile
and cross section lines rotate with the attachment.

l The attachment (1)rotates independently of the machine heading.


l The cross section line (2)runs along the design surface underneath the cutting edge
and rotates with the attachment (1).
l The profile line (3)runs along the design surface underneath the focus point, in the
direction of the attachment heading.

7.1.5 Useful text items


Text items display information on the work screen. When you use a tiltrotator the following
text item is available: Attachment Rotation.

7.2 Tilt Autos Setup

TIP – When using Autos features, avoid connecting the Operator app device to the
system via Wi-Fi. Ensure that you use a wired connection.

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 132


7 Using Tiltrotator Attachments

Note – For Trimble Autos on Cat NGH series 07 machines or Cat NGH mini/micro machines, see
Appendix B, Using Autos on other machine models.

Note – If you want to use Depth and Tilt Autos together, see 7.4 Depth and Tilt Autos Setup.

Tilt Autos performs best when grading a finish surface. After you finish bulk excavating and
approach final grade, engage Autos. The system automatically controls movement of the
attachment tilt, while you manually control movement of the rest of the front linkage.

Tilt Autos can automatically move the tilting attachment at rotation angles 70° from forward
and 70° from backwards. The tilt cylinders do not rotate with the attachment, so outside of
this range the cylinders drive attachment dump/curl instead of tilt. If the attachment falls
outside this range, you get the message: Attachment tilt is outside of measurable range.

TIP – For information on best practices, see 7.6 Best Practices When Using Tilt Autos.

7.2.1 Tilt Autos status indicators


The Tilt Autos status indicators at the bottom left–hand corner of the work screen show you
what state Autos are currently in.

Status indicator Status


Manual
Tilt Autos is armed, but not engaged.

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 133


7 Using Tiltrotator Attachments

Status indicator Status


Manual interlock
Tilt Autos is armed but cannot be engaged.
Possible reasons: Tiltrotator function not currently
supported, auto state in fault.
Tilt Autos ready
Tilt Autos is armed and engaged, but is not active
because the attachment is outside the control range.
Tilt Autos engaged
Tilt Autos is armed, engaged and active with the
attachment inside the control range.
In this state the system controls movement of the
attachment.
Tilt Autos not ready
Tilt Autos is armed and engaged but cannot be active so
Autos is temporarily suspended.
Possible reasons: GNSS precision is outside tolerance,
attachment is off design.

7.2.2 Arm and Engage Tilt Autos

WARNING — When Tilt Autos is engaged, the system will control movement of the
attachment tilt. These movements could cause injury to anyone near the
attachment, or damage to the machine. Always put the attachment on the ground
and engage the hydraulic lockout before you leave the machine.
Do not use Tilt Autos when somebody is working near the attachment or if the
ground conditions are unstable. Only use Tilt Autos to grade a finish surface.
Disarm Tilt Autos when you perform other applications, such as lifting.

To use Tilt Autos:

1. If you are in Depth and Slope mode, bench the machine before you use Tilt Autos.
If you are in Design mode, load a design before you use Tilt Autos.
2. Position the machine on solid, stable ground to prevent rocking.
3. Make sure the machine’s hydraulic oil reaches its normal operating temperature
(55°C/130°F).
4. Select High Power mode and turn the throttle up to maximum revs.
Note – You can use the auto idle function on your machine.
5. Position the attachment within the control range.

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 134


7 Using Tiltrotator Attachments

TIP – Use the lightbars, cut/fills and buzzer to guide the attachment.

6. Enable the Auto function on the tiltrotator controller.


7. Access the Autos Setup screen via the Work Settings menu.
8. Arm Autos: In the Autos Setup screen, select Tilt as the auto mode. Toggle Arm Autos
on and tap Apply.
A 30 second timer appears.
9. Confirm Autos: Press and hold the tilt auto switch (as per your tiltrotator
manufacturer instructions) for more than one second, and then release it.
10. Engage Autos: Press and hold the tilt auto switch as the attachment cutting edge
approaches the design elevation.
To temporarily disengage Tilt Autos, let go of the tilt auto switch. Be aware that while
Autos is disengaged you can cut below the design. Sometimes you may purposefully
want to dig below design, however if this is not the case make sure that you monitor
your cut/fills and lightbars. Press the tilt auto switch again to re-engage Tilt Autos.

Select and Apply a Preset


You can select and apply the active preset via the Autos Setup or Autos Optimization
screen. You can access these screens via the Work Settings menu. There is always at least
one preset stored which is the Default preset set by your technician in the Web Interface.
This cannot be edited or deleted.

Select the active preset that you require and tap Apply.

You can create, edit or delete a preset via the Autos Optimization screen. For more
information, see 7.3 Tilt Autos Optimization.

7.2.3 Troubleshooting
The table below lists some of the error messages that may appear when you use Autos. You
may need to enlist the help of your technician to resolve the error states.

Error Message Possible cause(s)


Auto State Not Visible Suspect that other menus or apps are obscuring the
Autos icon.

7.3 Tilt Autos Optimization

TIP – When using Autos features, avoid connecting the Operator app device to the
system via Wi-Fi. Ensure that you use a wired connection.

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 135


7 Using Tiltrotator Attachments

Note – For Trimble Autos on Cat NGH series 07 machines or Cat NGH mini/micro machines, see
Appendix B, Using Autos on other machine models.

Note – If you want to use Depth and Tilt Autos together, see 7.5 Depth and Tilt Autos
Optimization.

TIP – For information on how to use Autos, see 7.2 Tilt Autos Setup.

7.3.1 Presets
Presets allow you to save Autos Optimization settings so that you can restore them later.
This is useful when there is a change in application or material.

Note – Presets are not dependent on the Auto mode selected. For example, if you create Preset 1
while in Depth and Tilt mode, the same boom and attachment speeds will appear if you select
Preset 1 while in Depth mode and the same tilt speed will appear if you select Preset 1 while in Tilt
mode.

Select and Apply a Preset


You can select and apply the active preset via the Autos Setup or Autos Optimization
screen. You can access these screens via the Work Settings menu. There is always at least
one preset stored which is the Default preset set by your technician in the Web Interface.
This cannot be edited or deleted.

Select the active preset that you require and tap Apply.

Add a new preset


Note – When you add a new preset the Autos Optimization sliders are set to their default values.

1. In the Autos Optimization screen, tap Create. The Add New Preset screen opens.
2. Tap inside the Preset Name field and enter a descriptive name for the preset.
3. Tap Apply. You are returned to the Autos Optimization screen.
4. In the Autos Optimization screen, use the Autos sliders or the arrows to increase (
) or decrease ( ) the values. For more information, see the section on
optimizing the Autos performance.
5. The preset changes to a customized or temporary state (as indicated by the * next to
the preset name and the italicized text).
6. Tap Apply to save the preset in its customized state.
Note – All changes will be discarded if you select the original unmodified preset or a
different preset. To save the customized preset permanently, tap Save As. See Save an
edited preset with a new name.

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 136


7 Using Tiltrotator Attachments

Edit a preset

Note – If you try to switch to another preset while editing, the Discard All Changes? confirmation
message appears. Any unsaved changes you made will be lost if you tap Yes.

1. In the Autos Optimization screen, select and apply a preset.


2. Use the Autos sliders or the arrows to increase ( ) or decrease ( ) any of the
values.
Any edit you make to a preset puts it into a customized and temporary state (as
indicated by the * next to the preset name and the italicized text) .
3. To save the changes, tap Save As. The Save Preset As screen opens.
4. Turn on the Replace Existing slider. It will auto populate the Preset Name field with
the name of the active preset. Tap Apply. You are returned to the Autos Optimization
screen. The Preset Overwritten notification message appears.

TIP - To save the customized preset with a new name, see Save an edited preset
with a new name.

Save an edited preset with a new name


Any active preset that is in a customized and temporary state (as indicated by the * next to
the preset name and the italicized text) can be permanently saved as a new preset with a
different name.

1. In the Autos Optimization screen, tap Save As. The Save Preset As screen opens.
2. Tap inside the Preset Name field and enter a descriptive name for the preset.
3. Tap Apply. You are returned to the Autos Optimization screen. The Preset Saved
Successfully notification message appears.

TIP - If you turn on the Replace Existing slider, it will auto populate the Preset
Name field with the name of the active preset. Tap Apply. You are returned to the
Autos Optimization screen. The Preset Overwritten notification message appears.

Delete a preset
Note – You cannot delete the Default preset.

1. In the Autos Optimization screen, select a preset and tap the delete icon ( ) on the
right-hand side of the preset.
2. A Delete confirmation message appears.
3. Tap Yes to confirm the deletion.

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 137


7 Using Tiltrotator Attachments

7.3.2 Optimize the Tilt Autos performance


Note – Check that your technician has calibrated Autos before you try to adjust the values in the
Autos Optimization screen.

You may need to adjust the Autos Optimization values when, for example, you work with a
different type of material (such as sand, dirt, or gravel).

Adjusting the values in the Autos Optimization screen may improve the performance of
Autos. For example, adjusting the tilt sensitivity setting may increase the smoothness of the
tilt movements.

Autos performance is dependent on the speed that you pull in the stick. Experiment with
different speeds to find the optimum for your machine and combination of attachment and
material. For example:
l A slower or faster speed may produce a better result.
l A smooth take off speed helps.
l Do not vary the speed while optimizing the sliders.
1. Select High Power mode and turn the throttle up to maximum revs.
2. Using Tilt Autos, make a test pass in the material you are working, so that you can
judge the current performance of Autos.
a. Place the attachment on grade at near full reach.
b. Engage Autos.
c. Watch how quickly or slowly the attachment moves to the on-grade position.
Note – The behavior of Autos when the attachment is not loaded with the same material
you will work with does not provide enough information to adjust the values in the Autos
Optimization screen. Always use this information in conjunction with the results of a test
pass.
3. To make any changes, in the Autos Optimization screen, move the slider(s) to
increase or decrease the values for the following:

Type Option Description


Attachment Tilt Speed If the attachment is slow to tilt,
increase this value.
Tilt Sensitivity If the automatic tilt adjustment is
erratic or jerky, decrease this value.

4. Tap Apply.
5. Make another test pass and compare the results. Repeat the process, if necessary,
until you get the results you desire.
You may need to enlist the help of your technician for further fine tuning and a
precise check of the machine measure-up.

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 138


7 Using Tiltrotator Attachments

7.4 Depth and Tilt Autos Setup

TIP – When using Autos features, avoid connecting the Operator app device to the
system via Wi-Fi. Ensure that you use a wired connection.

Note – For Trimble Autos on Cat NGH series 07 machines or Cat NGH mini/micro machines, see
Appendix B, Using Autos on other machine models.

Note – If you only want to use Depth Autos, see 6.1 Depth Autos Setup. If you only want to use Tilt
Autos, see 7.2 Tilt Autos Setup. This chapter is for using Depth and Tilt Autos together.

Depth and Tilt Autos performs best when grading a finish surface. After you finish bulk
excavating and approach final grade, engage Autos. The system automatically controls
movement of the boom and attachment, while you manually control movement of the stick.

Note – Use Depth and Tilt Autos with a bucket, do not use it with any other type of attachment.

Note – For machines with a two-piece boom, do not move the upper boom while in Autos mode.

TIP – For information on best practices, see 6.3 Best Practices When Using Depth
Autos and 7.6 Best Practices When Using Tilt Autos.

7.4.1 Depth and Tilt Autos status indicators


The Depth and Tilt Autos status indicators at the bottom left (Tilt) and right–hand corner
(Depth) of the work screen show you what state Autos are currently in.

Status indicator Status


Manual
Depth and Tilt Autos is armed, but not engaged.

Manual interlock
Depth and Tilt Autos is armed but cannot be engaged.
Possible reasons: Hydraulic lockout engaged, valve
module failure.
Depth and Tilt Autos ready
Depth and Tilt Autos is armed and engaged, but is not
active because the attachment is outside the control
range.

Depth and Tilt Autos engaged


Depth and Tilt Autos is armed, engaged and active with

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 139


7 Using Tiltrotator Attachments

Status indicator Status


the attachment inside the control range.
In this state the system controls movement of the boom
and attachment.
Depth and Tilt Autos not ready
Depth and Tilt Autos is armed and engaged but cannot
be active so Autos is temporarily suspended.
Possible reason: GNSS precision is outside tolerance.

7.4.2 Arm and Engage Depth and Tilt Autos

WARNING — When Depth and Tilt Autos is engaged, the system will control
movement of the boom and attachment. These movements could cause injury to
anyone near the attachment, or damage to the machine. Always put the
attachment on the ground and engage the hydraulic lockout before you leave the
machine.
Do not use Depth and Tilt Autos when somebody is working near the attachment
or if the ground conditions are unstable. Only use Depth and Tilt Autos to grade a
finish surface. Disarm Depth and Tilt Autos when you perform other applications,
such as lifting.

To use Depth and Tilt Autos:

1. If you are in Depth and Slope mode, bench the machine before you use Depth and
Tilt Autos.
If you are in Design mode, load a design before you use Depth and Tilt Autos.
2. Position the machine on solid, stable ground to prevent rocking.
3. Make sure the machine’s hydraulic oil reaches its normal operating temperature
(55°C/130°F ).
4. Select High Power mode and turn the throttle up to maximum revs.
Note – It is okay to use the auto idle function on your machine.
5. Position the attachment within the control range.

TIP – Use the lightbars, cut/fills and buzzer to guide the attachment.

6. Enable the Auto function on the tiltrotator controller.


7. Access the Autos Setup screen via the Work Settings menu.
8. Arm Autos: In the Autos Setup screen, select Depth and Tilt as the auto mode and
then toggle Arm Autos on and tap Apply.
A 30 second timer appears.

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 140


7 Using Tiltrotator Attachments

9. Confirm Autos:
Press and hold the depth auto switch for more than one second, and then
release it.

Press and hold the tilt auto switch (as per your tiltrotator manufacturer
instructions) for more than one second, and then release it.
Note – The order in which you press the auto switches is not important, but you must press
each switch for at least one second, and then release it.
10. Engage Autos: Press and hold both the depth auto switch and the tilt auto switch as
the attachment cutting edge approaches the design elevation. Move the stick lever
slowly to start the automatic movement of the boom and attachment. Once Depth
and Tilt Autos engage and the boom and attachment are in motion, you can increase
the velocity of the stick.

To temporarily disengage Depth and Tilt Autos, let go of the depth auto switch and
the tilt auto switch. Be aware that while Autos is disengaged you can cut beneath the

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 141


7 Using Tiltrotator Attachments

design. Sometimes you may purposefully want to dig below design, however if this is
not the case make sure that you monitor your cut/fills and lightbars. Press the depth
auto switch and the tilt auto switch again to re-engage Depth and Tilt Autos.

Select and Apply a Preset


You can select and apply the active preset via the Autos Setup or Autos Optimization
screen. You can access these screens via the Work Settings menu. There is always at least
one preset stored which is the Default preset set by your technician in the Web Interface.
This cannot be edited or deleted.

Select the active preset that you require and tap Apply.

You can create, edit or delete a preset via the Autos Optimization screen. For more
information, see 7.5 Depth and Tilt Autos Optimization.

7.4.3 Troubleshooting
The table below lists some of the error messages that may appear when you use Autos. You
may need to enlist the help of your technician to resolve the error states.

Error Message Possible cause(s)


Auto switch Fault Suspect that the depth auto switch cable is
disconnected, the depth auto switch or valve module is
faulty, or the interconnecting cables are faulty.
Hydraulic Lockout Fault Suspect that the pilot pressure switch attached to the
valve manifold is disconnected from the valve cable, or
the pilot pressure switch or connecting cables are
faulty, or the valve module is faulty.
Proportional Valve Fault Suspect that the valve is not connected or the valve or
valve cable are faulty.
Master Enable Valve Fault Suspect that the master enable valve is not connected
or the master enable valve or valve cable are faulty.
Auto State Not Visible Suspect that other menus or apps are obscuring the
Autos icon.

7.5 Depth and Tilt Autos Optimization


Note – For Trimble Autos on Cat NGH series 07 machines or Cat NGH mini/micro machines, see
Appendix B, Using Autos on other machine models.

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 142


7 Using Tiltrotator Attachments

Note – If you only want to use Depth Autos, see 6.2 Depth Autos Optimization. If you only want to
use Tilt Autos, see 7.3 Tilt Autos Optimization. This chapter is for using Depth and Tilt Autos
together.

TIP – For information on how to use Autos, see 7.4 Depth and Tilt Autos Setup.

7.5.1 Presets
Presets allow you to save Autos Optimization settings so that you can restore them later.
This is useful when there is a change in application or material.

Note – Presets are not dependent on the Auto mode selected. For example, if you create Preset 1
while in Depth and Tilt mode, the same boom and attachment speeds will appear if you select
Preset 1 while in Depth mode and the same tilt speed will appear if you select Preset 1 while in Tilt
mode.

Select and Apply a Preset


You can select and apply the active preset via the Autos Setup or Autos Optimization
screen. You can access these screens via the Work Settings menu. There is always at least
one preset stored which is the Default preset set by your technician in the Web Interface.
This cannot be edited or deleted.

Select the active preset that you require and tap Apply.

Add a new preset


Note – When you add a new preset the Autos Optimization sliders are set to their default values.

1. In the Autos Optimization screen, tap Create. The Add New Preset screen opens.
2. Tap inside the Preset Name field and enter a descriptive name for the preset.
3. Tap Apply. You are returned to the Autos Optimization screen.
4. In the Autos Optimization screen, use the Autos sliders or the arrows to increase (
) or decrease ( ) the values. For more information, see the section on
optimizing the Autos performance.
5. The preset changes to a customized or temporary state (as indicated by the * next to
the preset name and the italicized text).
6. Tap Apply to save the preset in its customized state.
Note – All changes will be discarded if you select the original unmodified preset or a
different preset. To save the customized preset permanently, tap Save As. See Save an
edited preset with a new name.

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 143


7 Using Tiltrotator Attachments

Edit a preset

Note – If you try to switch to another preset while editing, the Discard All Changes? confirmation
message appears. Any unsaved changes you made will be lost if you tap Yes.

1. In the Autos Optimization screen, select and apply a preset.


2. Use the Autos sliders or the arrows to increase ( ) or decrease ( ) any of the
values.
Any edit you make to a preset puts it into a customized and temporary state (as
indicated by the * next to the preset name and the italicized text) .
3. To save the changes, tap Save As. The Save Preset As screen opens.
4. Turn on the Replace Existing slider. It will auto populate the Preset Name field with
the name of the active preset. Tap Apply. You are returned to the Autos Optimization
screen. The Preset Overwritten notification message appears.

TIP - To save the customized preset with a new name, see Save an edited preset
with a new name.

Save an edited preset with a new name


Any active preset that is in a customized and temporary state (as indicated by the * next to
the preset name and the italicized text) can be permanently saved as a new preset with a
different name.

1. In the Autos Optimization screen, tap Save As. The Save Preset As screen opens.
2. Tap inside the Preset Name field and enter a descriptive name for the preset.
3. Tap Apply. You are returned to the Autos Optimization screen. The Preset Saved
Successfully notification message appears.

TIP - If you turn on the Replace Existing slider, it will auto populate the Preset
Name field with the name of the active preset. Tap Apply. You are returned to the
Autos Optimization screen. The Preset Overwritten notification message appears.

Delete a preset
Note – You cannot delete the Default preset.

1. In the Autos Optimization screen, select a preset and tap the delete icon ( ) on the
right-hand side of the preset.
2. A Delete confirmation message appears.
3. Tap Yes to confirm the deletion.

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 144


7 Using Tiltrotator Attachments

7.5.2 Optimize the Depth and Tilt Autos performance


Note – Check that your technician has calibrated Autos before you try to adjust the values in the
Autos Optimization screen.

You may need to adjust the Autos Optimization settings when, for example, you work with a
different type of material (such as sand, dirt, or gravel).

Adjusting the settings in the Autos Optimization screen may improve the performance of
Autos. For example, if the boom is overshooting above the target design grade when you
pull in the stick, you can decrease the Boom Raise speed.

Autos performance is dependent on the speed that you pull in the stick. Experiment with
different speeds to find the optimum for your machine and combination of attachment and
material. For example:
l A slower or faster speed may produce a better result.
l A smooth take off speed helps.
l Do not vary the speed while optimizing the sliders.
1. Select High Power mode and turn the throttle up to maximum revs.
2. Using Depth and Tilt Autos, make a test pass in the material you are working, so that
you can judge the current performance of Autos.
a. Place the attachment on grade at near full reach.
b. Engage Autos.
c. Watch how quickly or slowly the attachment moves to the on-grade position.
Note – The behavior of Autos when the attachment is not loaded with the same material
you will work with does not provide enough information to adjust the values in the Autos
Optimization screen. Always use this information in conjunction with the results of a test
pass.
3. To make any changes, in the Autos Optimization screen, select the appropriate type
from the Optimize drop-down list.
4. Move the slider(s) to increase or decrease the values for the following:

TIP – The apex is where the boom changes from raising to lowering during a
pass.

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 145


7 Using Tiltrotator Attachments

1 Full reach to apex 2 Apex 3 Apex to fully crowded

Type Option Description


Attack Angle Attack Angle If required, move the Attack Angle
slider to change the angle of the
bottom of the attachment to the
design surface.
Zero is parallel, a negative value will
lower the back of the attachment and a
positive value will raise the back of the
attachment.
Rake Rake In Before Apex If the finished surface is below grade
when you perform a Rake In pass from
full reach to the apex, increase this
value.
Rake In After Apex If the finished surface is below grade
when you perform a Rake In pass from
apex to fully crowded, increase this
value.
Rake Out Before Apex If the finished surface is below grade
when you perform a Rake Out pass
from fully crowded to the apex,
increase this value.
Rake Out After Apex If the finished surface is below grade
when you perform a Rake Out pass
from the apex to full reach, increase

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 146


7 Using Tiltrotator Attachments

Type Option Description


this value.
Flat Flat Attachment In If the finished surface is below grade
Attachment In (Boom) Before Apex when you perform a Flat Attachment In
pass from full reach to the apex,
increase this value. This will control the
boom raise and lower commands.
Flat Attachment In If the finished surface is below grade
(Boom) After Apex when you perform a Flat Attachment In
pass from the apex to fully crowded,
increase this value. This will control the
boom raise and lower commands.
Flat Attachment In If the attachment changes angle too
(Attachment) Before slowly and does not keep flat on grade
Apex when you perform a Flat Attachment In
pass from full reach to the apex,
increase this value.
Flat Attachment In If the attachment changes angle too
(Attachment) After slowly and does not keep flat on grade
Apex when you perform a Flat Attachment In
pass from the apex to fully crowded,
increase this value.
Flat Flat Attachment Out If the finished surface is below grade
Attachment (Boom) Before Apex when you perform a Flat Attachment
Out Out pass from fully crowded to the
apex, increase this value. This will
control the boom raise and lower
commands.
Flat Attachment Out If the attachment changes angle too
(Boom) After Apex slowly and does not keep flat on grade
when you perform a Flat Attachment
Out pass from the apex to full reach,
increase this value. This will control the
boom raise and lower commands.
Flat Attachment Out If the attachment changes angle too
(Attachment) Before slowly and does not keep flat on grade
Apex when you perform a Flat Attachment
Out pass from fully crowded to the
apex, increase this value.

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 147


7 Using Tiltrotator Attachments

Type Option Description


Flat Attachment Out If the attachment changes angle too
(Attachment) After slowly and does not keep flat on grade
Apex when you perform a Flat Attachment
Out pass from the apex to full reach,
increase this value.
Boom Raise Speed Looking at the surface from full reach
to the apex, use Boom Raise Speed to
make the attachment cut to grade. If
the finished surface is consistently
below grade, increase this value.
Raise Response If the boom is slow to rise, then
increase this value.
Lower Speed Looking at the surface from the apex
to fully crowded, use Boom Lower
Speed to make the attachment cut to
grade. If the finished surface is
consistently above grade, increase this
value.
Lower Response If the boom is slow to lower, then
increase this value.
Take Off Speed If the boom is not driving to grade
within the first 0.5 m/1.5 ft after the
stick is pulled, increase this value.
Decreasing this value may reduce
oscillations at the very beginning of the
pass.
Joystick Joystick Response If both the boom and attachment are
Speed slow to respond to stick movement,
increase this value. Decreasing this
value may reduce oscillations at the
very beginning of the pass and
oscillations observed when the stick
movement is slow.
Attachment Dump Speed If the attachment is slow to dump for
the full duration of the pass, increase
this value.
Dump Response If the attachment is slow to dump, then
increase this value.

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 148


7 Using Tiltrotator Attachments

Type Option Description


Curl Speed If the attachment is slow to curl for the
full duration of the pass, increase this
value.
Curl Response If the attachment is slow to curl, then
increase this value.
Tilt Speed If the attachment is slow to tilt,
increase this value.
Tilt Sensitivity If the automatic tilt adjustment is
erratic or jerky, decrease this value.

5. Tap Apply.
6. Make another test pass and compare the results. Repeat the process, if necessary,
until you get the results you desire.
You may need to enlist the help of your technician for further fine tuning and a
precise check of the machine measure-up.

7.6 Best Practices When Using Tilt Autos


Note – For Trimble Autos on Cat NGH series 07 machines or Cat NGH mini/micro machines, see
Appendix B, Using Autos on other machine models.

Observe the following best practices to obtain optimal results when using Tilt Autos.

WARNING — When Tilt Autos is engaged, the system will control movement of the
attachment tilt. These movements could cause injury to anyone near the
attachment, or damage to the machine. Always put the attachment on the ground
and engage the hydraulic lockout before you leave the machine.
Do not use Tilt Autos when somebody is working near the attachment or if the
ground conditions are unstable. Only use Tilt Autos to grade a finish surface.
Disarm Tilt Autos when you perform other applications, such as lifting.

TIP – When using Autos features, avoid connecting the Operator app device to the
system via Wi-Fi. Ensure that you use a wired connection.

7.6.1 Prepare the machine


Before you use Tilt Autos, your technician or installer should check that:
l The machine is in good operating condition.
l None of the connecting pins (boom, stick, attachment and cylinders) have excessive
wear. If the machine is loose, the system cannot produce optimal results.

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 149


7 Using Tiltrotator Attachments

l The measure-up and calibration of the machine is accurate. The surface you build
cannot be better than the accuracy of these measurements and calibrations.
l A valve calibration has been performed.

7.6.2 Best practices for operating excavators


Tilt Autos performs best when grading a finish surface.

After the valve is calibrated, avoid changing settings on the tiltrotator controller. This may
affect performance and require the valve to be recalibrated.

Procedures to perform every time you use Tilt Autos


l Position the machine on solid, stable ground to prevent rocking.
Rocking negatively affects the performance of Tilt Autos. It is important that both
excavator tracks are firmly planted on stable ground. It is not essential that the
ground is flat (a sloping surface is okay).

TIP – If the attachment becomes unstable due to machine rocking, stop and
wait until the attachment becomes stable before you try again. If the problem
persists, prepare the ground that the machine tracks will sit on. Both tracks
should sit on stable ground.

l Make sure the machine’s hydraulic oil reaches its normal operating temperature
(55°C/130°F).
l Turn the throttle up to maximum revs.
l Position the attachment within the control range.

TIP – Use the lightbars, cut/fills and buzzer to guide the attachment.

l If applicable, make sure the following features are disabled before you use Tilt Autos:
Crane/heavy lift mode
Smart boom
l Enable the Auto function on the tiltrotator controller before you try to arm Tilt Autos.

Procedures to perform every time you change the attachment


l Check that a precise measure-up has been done for the attachment.
If you have an Operator Plus account you can create and edit attachments via
the Advanced button on the Edit Attachment screen.
If you have an Operator account and it is a new attachment, your technician or
dealer must enter the measure-up in the Web Interface before you can select it
in the Attachments screen.

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 150


7 Using Tiltrotator Attachments

l Check the performance of Tilt Autos every time you change from one attachment to
another, especially if you are going from a large heavy attachment to a smaller one or
vice-versa.
If necessary, adjust the Tilt Speed slider in the Autos Optimization screen. This may
optimize the performance of Tilt Autos.

Procedures to perform, as required


l Update the cutting edge length to account for the wear of the attachment. If
required, update the value in the Edit Attachment screen.
If the cutting edge has worn unevenly, use an average value. However, guidance is
never better than the range of differences in wear.
Note – The frequency at which you need to check the cutting edge length depends on
factors such as the type of material you work with and the durability of the cutting edge.
l If necessary, adjust the Tilt Speed slider in the Autos Optimization screen. This may
optimize the performance of Tilt Autos.
An example of when you might need to adjust this value is when material conditions
change.

Operating practices that can improve performance


l Minimize slew on steep slopes when you press and hold the Grade Enable switch. A
small horizontal change can make a large vertical difference.
l To improve grading performance when material conditions change, adjust the
velocity of the boom and/or stick movement, especially when you first initiate Tilt
Autos.
l To achieve the best results, leave the surface a little high before you make the final
pass. The attachment is more stable while it is resting on material versus in the air.
l To avoid under or over-cutting at the start of a pass, allow the attachment to snap to
design slope before increasing stick velocity.
l When approaching changes in design grade, it is best to reduce stick speed and align
the bucket tips to the design break-line.
l It is best to avoid straddling changes in design grade by working along/across the
design changes and/or adjusting the vertical guidance point location (located in the
Work Setting > Attachments menu).
l Slow down the rotation speed if Tilt Autos is not staying on grade during rotation
movement, especially when it is in the rake position.
You can slow rotation speed manually or if it is an on-going problem, try changing the
tiltrotator rotation speed. After you have done this, re-tune the tilt speed in the Autos
Optimization screen.
l Tilt Autos can be engaged when the bucket is pointing towards the cab (0°) or away
from the cab (180°). If you use Tilt Autos only (not in combination with Depth Autos),

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 151


7 Using Tiltrotator Attachments

then Tilt Autos has an operational window of ±70° from either of these working
positions.
l Tilt Autos performs best when the tilt cylinders are perpendicular to the working
surface.
l On some design slopes, it may not be possible for Tilt Autos to reach grade within the
tilt cylinder extents. If this occurs, you may need to reposition the bucket and/or
machine.

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 152


8
Mapping
In this chapter:
Mapping

This chapter introduces the use of mapping. Mapping provides a location-oriented record
of machine activity and site information.

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 153


8 Mapping

8.1 Mapping
Note – Mapping and the features mapping offers are configurable in the Web Interface by your
technician. In addition, advanced mapping features may only be available if the correct license is
installed. If mapping or a mapping feature is not available on your system, contact your
technician or dealer.

Mapping data is:


l The cutting edge elevation recorded as the machine works. This is called Latest Pass
mapping; OR
l The cutting edge elevation recorded for a particular location, only if the measured
elevation is less than the previously recorded elevation. This is called Minimum
Elevation mapping.

You can also optionally:


l Display the cut/fill differences between the recorded map data and the guidance
surface.
l Display an initial map generated from the cut/fill differences between a pre-mapped
surface, called a ground surface, and the guidance surface.
For example, if the ground surface is based on a survey of the original site, then the
initial map could enable you to move dirt around the site more efficiently.
Note – The ability to select a ground surface is a licensed feature. Contact your dealer for
more information.

8.1.1 Using mapping


The following systems support mapping:
l Systems with GS5x0 sensors on the front linkage
l Caterpillar Cat Grade Control E and F Series Excavators
l Caterpillar Build 07 Series Excavators

Mapping is available when you have an office or in-field design loaded.

The shortcut key


When you are in the work screen, you can use one of the following shortcut keys to turn the
display of cut/fill mapping data on and off:

l
If Latest Pass mapping is selected, is displayed.
l
If Minimum Elevation mapping is selected, is displayed.
You can also touch and hold the shortcut key to open the Cut/Fill Mapping screen.

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 154


8 Mapping

Mapping rules
Mapping data is collected when the following conditions are met:
l Autos is in the engaged (green) state, OR
l The bucket is within 1 m (39 ½ inches) above design or any distance below design,
AND
For systems with a non-rotating bucket, the bucket is moving towards the cab and is
positioned for cutting.
For systems with a rotating bucket:
The bucket is moving towards the cab and is rotated ± 90° from 0°.
The bucket is moving away from the cab and is rotated ± 90° from 180°.

8.1.2 Start mapping with an empty map


To start mapping with an empty map:

1. From the Work Settings menu open the Cut/Fill Mapping screen, or touch and hold
or in the shortcut bar.
2. Optionally, toggle Display Mapping Data on or off.
3. Optionally, select a Mapping Mode of Latest Pass or Minimum Elevation.
4. If available, from the Ground Surface drop down, select None.
5. Tap Apply.

ATTENTION – Changing the Ground Surface setting deletes any existing mapping
data stored on the machine.

8.1.3 Start mapping with a pre-mapped surface


Note – The ability to select a ground surface is a licensed feature. Contact your dealer for more
information.

To start mapping with a pre-mapped surface:

1. Transfer a ground surface .ttm file onto the machine. Either sync with Connected
Community or import the ground surface file from a USB flash drive.
Note – If a Connected Community sync adds a new ground surface .ttm file to the current
project, then a notification is displayed.
Note – To import a ground surface .ttm file from a USB flash drive, the ground surface file
must be in the ProjectLibrary \ Projects \ [project name] \ OfficeData folder on your USB
flash drive.
2. From the Work Settings menu open the Cut/Fill Mapping screen, or touch and hold
or in the shortcut bar.

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 155


8 Mapping

3. Optionally, toggle Display Mapping Data on or off.


4. From the Ground Surface drop down, select the ground surface file to load.
5. Optionally, select a Mapping Mode.
6. Tap Apply. If Display Mapping Data is on, a cut/fill map is generated showing the
difference between:
The guidance surface of the currently loaded design; and
The ground surface
Note – If Lane Guidance is selected, then the cut/fill map generates using the lane guidance
surface. In this case, cut/fill data is only displayed within 20 m (65 ft) of the machine.

ATTENTION – Changing the Ground Surface setting deletes any existing mapping
data stored on the machine.

As you work, the pre-mapped ground surface elevations are overwritten by the measured
elevations.

If you select a different design within the same project, the cut/fill map regenerates using
the new design.

8.1.4 Downloading ground surface data from an online source


If your technician has enabled access, you can request the system to download the latest
ground surface data in a .ttm file from an online source. This includes data from other
machines on the site.

This option downloads data once when requested.

1. On the Cut/Fill Mapping screen, set the Ground Surface field to WorksOS download.
2. Tap Apply.

Downloading information for a large area can take a while.

Note – This feature requires an Advanced Mapping license. A machine can only download ground
surface data for a compatible design.

8.1.5 Deleting map data


To delete any existing mapping data stored on the machine:

1. From the Work Settings menu open the Cut/Fill Mapping screen, or touch and hold
or in the shortcut bar.
2. Tap Reset Map.

If a pre-mapped surface was initially loaded and Display Mapping Data is on, then the cut/fill
map of the differences between the design surface and the pre-mapped surface is reset to
its original state.

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 156


8 Mapping

8.1.6 Inspecting a map


To view details of the mapping data on a plan view, touch-and-hold on an onscreen location
where mapping data is recorded. Select Inspect Map from the context menu.

8.1.7 The work screen


Work screen items that affect the recording and display of mapping information are
described in the following sections.

The guidance bar


The target icons relevant to Mapping are shown below:

Vertical elevation offset Perpendicular elevation offset

Note – Either the vertical elevation offset or perpendicular elevation offset icon appears,
depending on which offset type is in use.

Use the offset icons in the following ways:


l Tap to cycle through the configured offset memories.
l Touch and hold to access the respective offset configuration screens.

The guidance view


The guidance view displays the machine relative to the surface being worked. You can set
up to three different views to display mapping data at once:
l Cross-section
l Profile
l Plan

Note – Mapping data is not visible in the 3D view.

Mapping data is displayed in the following way:

Color Meaning
Shades of red The shaded area is above the working surface elevation (cut).
Shades of The shaded area is within on-grade tolerance of the working surface
green elevation (on-grade).
Shades of blue The shaded area is below the working surface elevation (fill).
Gray Cut/fill values are being calculated and loaded.

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 157


8 Mapping

System Settings

The System Settings icon is in the lower left-hand side of the work screen:
Use System Settings to access and configure various functions, including (but not limited
to):
l Grade Tolerance
l File Transfer

The shortcut bar

The shortcut bar enables you to easily perform frequently repeated tasks. The shortcut
icons for mapping are:

l
(Latest Pass), or;
l
(Minimum Elevation)
To display or hide mapping data, tap the mapping icon in the shortcut bar.

To open the Cut/Fill Mapping settings screen, touch and hold the mapping icon.

Work Settings menu

The Work Settings icon is in the lower right-hand side of the work screen:
Use the Work Settings menu to access and configure those settings that change according
to the requirements of each individual task, including (but not limited to):
l Cut/Fill Mapping
l Elevation Offset

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 158


8 Mapping

8.1.8 For more information


See the following chapters:
l 1.6 Transferring Files
l 4.2 Using Elevation Offsets

8.1.9 Troubleshooting
The table below lists some of the error messages that may appear when you use mapping.

Error Message Possible cause(s)


Unable To Load Cut/Fill Map l Suspect a corruption of the mapping database,
or a corruption of a ground surface file.
l Otherwise, suspect a system state issue, and
restart the system.

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 159


9
Avoidance Zones
In this chapter:
Avoidance Zones

This chapter introduces the use of avoidance zones.

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 160


9 Avoidance Zones

9.1 Avoidance Zones

WARNING — Entering an avoidance zone could cause personal injury or damage


to the machine. Always be aware of nearby avoidance zones when operating a
machine.

WARNING — You are responsible for observing safe operating practices. This
product does not guarantee error-free avoidance zone guidance.

Avoidance zones indicate areas on a site that machines need to avoid. They appear as solid
magenta shapes on the site plan and at the current machine elevation.

Avoidance zones display as horizontal boundaries that do not describe objects such as
pipes or overhead wires.

Avoidance zones are available on machines with


l an applied project that has an avoidance file loaded into it
l 3D positioning sources only

Avoidance zone files are added to project files by the office or your technician.

Projects must be applied and include an avoidance zone file for the avoidance zones to
display.

9.1.1 Avoidance zone icons


Applied projects that have avoidance zones (supplied by the office) can display the following
icons:

Note – You can continue working when any of these icons display. These icons are for
information only.

Icon Meaning Action


Project includes an avoidance file Continue working

Avoidance file cannot be loaded Continue working and notify


your technician
Avoidance file has too many
edges

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 161


9 Avoidance Zones

The avoidance file requires a 3D Continue working and notify


positioning source your technician
Some machine measurements
are not configured

9.1.2 The work screen


Applied projects that have avoidance zones (supplied by the office) can display the following
border colors on the work screen:

Indicators State Machine proximity to zone


Blue border Zone detected The machine is approaching the avoidance zone
but is still outside the warning perimeter.
Orange border Zone warning The machine is within the warning perimeter of 8
Audible beep distance m minimum, configurable in the Web Interface.

Magenta border Zone breached The machine is in the avoidance zone.


Continuous audible
beep

Note – When a machine breaches an avoidance zone, full guidance continues.

WARNING — When an attachment is fully curled in, the stick may extend into an
avoidance zone before the breach is reported on screen and audibly.

9.1.3 Machine boundary


The machine boundary is the magenta outline around the machine.

To show or hide the machine boundary outline, use the Machine Boundary toggle on the
Overlays screen.

9.1.4 Troubleshooting
The table below lists an error message that may appear when working with avoidance
zones.

Error Message Possible cause(s) Action


Avoidance Zone Proximity Machine orientation Identify the avoidance zone on
and Guidance Lost is unknown. the site and move or rotate the
machine away from the
avoidance zone.

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 162


10
Viewing third party apps
In this chapter:
Viewing the Trimble LOADRITE Payload Management app

This chapter introduces the use of custom views in the work screen to view third party
applications.

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 163


10 Viewing third party apps

10.1 Viewing the Trimble LOADRITE Payload Management app


In the work screen, you can view third party applications such as the Trimble LOADRITETM
Payload Management app. For instructions on how to operate the weighing system, refer to
the Trimble LOADRITETM Payload Management for Earthworks User Manual.

Note – Viewing the LOADRITE app is only supported on a TD520 device.

TIP – If you have trouble viewing the LOADRITE app, go to the Licenses tile and
ensure that there is a LOADRITE license installed. Your technician can install this
license via the Web Interface.

To configure LOADRITE to appear in one of the screen views:

1. Ensure the LOADRITE Payload app is running on the TD520.


2. Ensure that the Earthworks app is run in the foreground and that the LOADRITE app
is run in the background.
3. From the System Settings menu , select Layout.
4. In the Layout screen, select which view to display the LOADRITE app in. Each view has
a drop-down list of the available options.
5. Select Loadrite and tap Done.

Alternatively:

1. Ensure the LOADRITE Payload app is running on the TD520.


2. Ensure that the Earthworks app is run in the foreground and that the LOADRITE app
is run in the background.
3. Touch and hold anywhere in the work screen.
4. From the pop-up menu, select Layout. The screen layout displays graphically.
5. Select the view to display the LOADRITE app in and tap the Loadrite icon .
6. Tap Done.

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 164


Appendix

A
Remote Switch and Joystick Switches on
other machine models
In this chapter:
Joystick Switches and Remote Switch on Cat NGH mini/micro machines

This section describes how joystick switches and remote switches on Cat NGH mini/micro
machines integrate with the system allowing you to perform common features such as
Autos.

Note – For other machines, see 1.2 Remote Switch.

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 165


Appendix: A Remote Switch and Joystick Switches on other machine models

A.1 Joystick Switches and Remote Switch on Cat NGH


mini/micro machines
Depending on your installation, the Autos switch can be configured via:
l The factory standard joystick
l Certain third party joysticks
Note – Ask your technician which switch has been configured for Autos.

A.1.1 Factory Standard Joystick Switch


The integrated Grade Auto switch on your left joystick allows you to engage Depth and/or
Tilt Autos.

A.1.2 Remote Switch

CAUTION — Avoid installing the remote switch on a Cat NGH mini/micro excavator
with the factory standard joysticks. The weight of the module can cause the joystick
to tip, which can lead to unintended machine movement.

The remote switch lets you use common features while keeping your hands close to the
machine controls. The remote switch only functions when you are in the work screen. The
functionality of the remote switch depends on the mode you are in.

A.1.3 Depth and Slope mode functionality


For Depth and Slope mode, the remote switch lets you:
l Select the attachment focus (4)
Each button press will cycle the attachment focus from Left to Right
l Increase (1) or decrease (2) the elevation offset
l Bench elevation (3)

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 166


Appendix: A Remote Switch and Joystick Switches on other machine models

1 Increment elevation 2 Decrement elevation 3 Bench elevation


offset switch offset switch switch
4 Attachment focus
switch

A.1.4 Design mode functionality


For Design mode, the remote switch lets you:
l Select the attachment focus (4)
Each button press will cycle the attachment focus from Left to Right
l Increase (1) or decrease (2) the elevation offset
l Record point (3)

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 167


Appendix: A Remote Switch and Joystick Switches on other machine models

1 Increment elevation 2 Decrement elevation 3 Record point switch


offset switch offset switch
4 Attachment focus
switch

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 168


Appendix

B
Using Autos on other machine models
In this chapter:
Depth Autos Setup, Tilt Autos Setup, or Both – Trimble Autos on Cat NGH series 07
machines
Depth Autos Optimization, Tilt Autos Optimization, or Both – Trimble Autos on Cat
NGH series 07 machines
Depth Autos Setup, Tilt Autos Setup with a Non-Integrated Tiltrotator, or Both –
Trimble Autos on Cat NGH series 07 machines
Depth Autos Optimization, Tilt Autos Optimization with a Non-Integrated Tiltrotator,
or Both – Trimble Autos on Cat NGH series 07 machines
Best Practices When Using Depth Autos – Trimble Autos on Cat NGH series 07
machines
Best Practices When Using Tilt Autos – Trimble Autos on Cat NGH series 07 machines
Depth Autos Setup on Cat NGH mini/micro machines
Depth Autos Optimization on Cat NGH mini/micro machines
Tilt Autos Setup on Cat NGH mini/micro machines
Tilt Autos Optimization on Cat NGH mini/micro machines
Depth and Tilt Autos Setup on Cat NGH mini/micro machines
Depth and Tilt Autos Optimization on Cat NGH mini/micro machines
Best Practices When Using Depth Autos on Cat NGH mini/micro machines
Best Practices When Using Tilt Autos on Cat NGH mini/micro machines

This section describes the use of automatic controls on Trimble Autos for Cat NGH
machines and Cat NGH mini/micro machines.

Note – For other machines, see 7.4 Depth and Tilt Autos Setup and 7.5 Depth and Tilt Autos
Optimization.

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 169


Appendix: B Using Autos on other machine models

B.1 Depth Autos Setup, Tilt Autos Setup, or Both – Trimble


Autos on Cat NGH series 07 machines
This information applies to Trimble Autos on Cat NGH series 07 machines

For Tilt Autos, the following information is relevant for a tilt bucket, tilting hitch or an
integrated tiltrotator. For a non-integrated tiltrotator, see B.3 Depth Autos Setup, Tilt Autos
Setup with a Non-Integrated Tiltrotator, or Both – Trimble Autos on Cat NGH series 07
machines.

TIP – When using Autos features, avoid connecting the Operator app device to the
system via Wi-Fi. Ensure that you use a wired connection.

Autos performs best when grading a finish surface. After you finish bulk excavating and
approach final grade, engage Autos.

Autos mode What the system automatically controls


Depth Autos The system automatically controls movement of the boom
and attachment curl, while you manually control movement
of the stick.
Tilt Autos The system automatically controls movement of the
attachment tilt, while you manually control movement of
the rest of the front linkage.
Depth and Tilt Autos The system automatically controls movement of the boom
and attachment tilt and curl, while you manually control
movement of the stick.

Note – Use Autos with a bucket, do not use it with any other type of attachment.

TIP – For information on best practices, see 6.3 Best Practices When Using Depth
Autos and 7.6 Best Practices When Using Tilt Autos.

B.1.1 Autos status indicators


The Autos status indicators at the bottom left (Tilt) and right–hand corner (Depth) of the
work screen show you what state Autos are currently in.

Status indicator Status


Manual
Autos is enabled, but not engaged.

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 170


Appendix: B Using Autos on other machine models

Status indicator Status


Manual interlock
Autos is enabled but cannot be engaged.
Possible reasons: Hydraulic lockout engaged, other
menus or apps are obscuring the Autos icon.
Autos ready
Autos is enabled and engaged, but is not active
because the attachment is outside the control range.

Autos engaged
Autos is enabled, engaged and active with the
attachment inside the control range.
In this state the system controls movement of the
boom and attachment.
Autos not ready
Autos is enabled and engaged but cannot be active so
Autos is temporarily suspended.
Possible reason: GNSS precision is outside tolerance.

B.1.2 Enable and Engage Autos

WARNING — When Depth and Tilt Autos is engaged, the system will control
movement of the boom and attachment. These movements could cause injury to
anyone near the attachment, or damage to the machine. Always put the
attachment on the ground and engage the hydraulic lockout before you leave the
machine.
Do not use Depth and Tilt Autos when somebody is working near the attachment
or if the ground conditions are unstable. Only use Depth and Tilt Autos to grade a
finish surface. Disarm Depth and Tilt Autos when you perform other applications,
such as lifting.

To use Depth Autos, Tilt Autos or both:

1. If you are in Depth and Slope mode, bench the machine before you use Autos.
If you are in Design mode, load a design before you use Autos.
2. Position the machine on solid, stable ground to prevent rocking.
3. Make sure the machine’s hydraulic oil reaches its normal operating temperature.
4. Select High Power mode and turn the throttle up to maximum revs.
Note – It is okay to use the auto idle function on your machine.

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 171


Appendix: B Using Autos on other machine models

5. Position the attachment within the control range.

TIP – Use the lightbars, cut/fills and buzzer to guide the attachment.

6. On the Cat Machine Display, configure the joystick buttons. This is a one-off setup
task and will depend on the activation mode you select for Autos. This may be Assist
on Demand or Toggle Autos.
There may be applications where you want Autos functionality without having to use
stick in or out joystick input. An example would be holding grade while slewing the
machine with the attachment rotated at 90 degrees. In these situations, set the Autos
mode to Assist on Demand.

Autos Assign Autos to joystick button


activation
mode
Assist on a. If required, assign Grade Activation (Depth Autos) to a
Demand joystick button via the Cat Machine Display.
b. If required, assign Tilt Activation (Tilt Autos) to a joystick
button via the Cat Machine Display.
c. Assign Assist On Demand to a joystick button via the Cat
Machine Display.
Toggle Autos a. If required, assign Grade Activation (Depth Autos) to a
joystick button via the Cat Machine Display.
b. If required, assign Tilt Activation (Tilt Autos) to a joystick
button via the Cat Machine Display.

7. Enable Autos: Toggle on Grade Assist and/or Tilt Assist, either via the Cat Machine
Display or the joystick buttons.
8. Engage Autos.

Autos Instructions to engage Autos


activation
mode
Assist on Press and hold the Assist on Demand button as the attachment
Demand cutting edge approaches the design elevation. If the
attachment is in the controls range it will start the automatic
movement of the boom and/or attachment.
Toggle Autos If the attachment is in the controls range and you move the
stick it will start the automatic movement of the boom and
attachment. Move the stick lever slowly to start the automatic
movement of the boom. Once the attachment engages with

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 172


Appendix: B Using Autos on other machine models

Autos Instructions to engage Autos


activation
mode
the design and Autos engages and the boom is in motion, you
can increase the velocity of the stick.

To temporarily disengage and re-engage Autos:

Autos activation mode Instruction to disengage and re-engage Autos


Assist on Demand Let go of the Assist on Demand button.
Press and hold the Assist on Demand button again to
re-engage Autos.
Toggle Autos Stop moving the stick.
Move the stick again to re-engage Autos.
OR
Toggle Autos off via the Grade and/or Tilt
Activation button.
Toggle the Grade and/or Tilt Activation button
again to re-engage Autos.

Be aware that while Autos is disengaged you can cut beneath the design. Sometimes you
may purposefully want to dig below design, however if this is not the case make sure that
you monitor your cut/fills and lightbars.

You can manually override Autos at any time by moving the boom or attachment.

Select and Apply a Preset


You can select and apply the active preset via the Autos Setup or Autos Optimization
screen. You can access these screens via the Work Settings menu. There is always at least
one preset stored which is the Default preset set by your technician in the Web Interface.
This cannot be edited or deleted.

Select the active preset that you require and tap Apply.

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 173


Appendix: B Using Autos on other machine models

You can create, edit or delete a preset via the Autos Optimization screen. For more
information, see B.2 Depth Autos Optimization, Tilt Autos Optimization, or Both – Trimble
Autos on Cat NGH series 07 machines.

B.1.3 Troubleshooting
The table below lists some of the error messages that may appear when you use Autos. You
may need to enlist the help of your technician to resolve the error states.

Error Message Possible cause(s)


Auto State Not Visible Suspect that:
l Other menus or apps are obscuring the Autos
icon.
l You have Assist on Demand assigned to a
joystick button, and have not enabled Tilt Assist
or Grade Assist.
l Valve calibration has not been completed.
l Machine ECM does not currently support Autos.
Missing Software Enabled Attachment or
required license.
Machine Control System Check the machine display for faults.
Error

If you use the Cat Machine Display to change the direction of flow on a tilt attachment
(changing from Normal to Reverse, or from Reverse to Normal), you must repeat the
attachment measure-up process on the Cat Machine Display. Failure to do so may produce
incorrect Tilt Autos performance.

If the joystick button that is assigned to Grade Assist (Depth Autos) on the Cat Machine
Display is not working, assign Grade Assist (Depth Autos) to a new button or re-assign it to
the original button.

B.2 Depth Autos Optimization, Tilt Autos Optimization, or


Both – Trimble Autos on Cat NGH series 07 machines
This information applies to Trimble Autos on Cat NGH series 07 machines

For Tilt Autos, the following information is relevant for a tilt bucket, tilting hitch or an
integrated tiltrotator. For a non-integrated tiltrotator, see B.4 Depth Autos Optimization, Tilt
Autos Optimization with a Non-Integrated Tiltrotator, or Both – Trimble Autos on Cat NGH
series 07 machines.

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 174


Appendix: B Using Autos on other machine models

TIP – For information on how to use Autos, see B.1 Depth Autos Setup, Tilt Autos
Setup, or Both – Trimble Autos on Cat NGH series 07 machines.

B.2.1 Presets
Presets allow you to save Autos Optimization settings so that you can restore them later.
This is useful when there is a change in application or material.

Note – Presets are not dependent on the Auto mode selected. For example, if you create Preset 1
while in Depth and Tilt mode, the same boom and attachment speeds will appear if you select
Preset 1 while in Depth mode and the same tilt speed will appear if you select Preset 1 while in Tilt
mode.

Select and Apply a Preset


You can select and apply the active preset via the Autos Setup or Autos Optimization
screen. You can access these screens via the Work Settings menu. There is always at least
one preset stored which is the Default preset set by your technician in the Web Interface.
This cannot be edited or deleted.

Select the active preset that you require and tap Apply.

Add a new preset


Note – When you add a new preset the Autos Optimization sliders are set to their default values.

1. In the Autos Optimization screen, tap Create. The Add New Preset screen opens.
2. Tap inside the Preset Name field and enter a descriptive name for the preset.
3. Tap Apply. You are returned to the Autos Optimization screen.
4. In the Autos Optimization screen, use the Autos sliders or the arrows to increase (
) or decrease ( ) the values. For more information, see the section on
optimizing the Autos performance.
5. The preset changes to a customized or temporary state (as indicated by the * next to
the preset name and the italicized text).
6. Tap Apply to save the preset in its customized state.
Note – All changes will be discarded if you select the original unmodified preset or a
different preset. To save the customized preset permanently, tap Save As. See Save an
edited preset with a new name.

Edit a preset

Note – If you try to switch to another preset while editing, the Discard All Changes? confirmation
message appears. Any unsaved changes you made will be lost if you tap Yes.

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 175


Appendix: B Using Autos on other machine models

1. In the Autos Optimization screen, select and apply a preset.


2. Use the Autos sliders or the arrows to increase ( ) or decrease ( ) any of the
values.
Any edit you make to a preset puts it into a customized and temporary state (as
indicated by the * next to the preset name and the italicized text) .
3. To save the changes, tap Save As. The Save Preset As screen opens.
4. Turn on the Replace Existing slider. It will auto populate the Preset Name field with
the name of the active preset. Tap Apply. You are returned to the Autos Optimization
screen. The Preset Overwritten notification message appears.

TIP - To save the customized preset with a new name, see Save an edited preset
with a new name.

Save an edited preset with a new name


Any active preset that is in a customized and temporary state (as indicated by the * next to
the preset name and the italicized text) can be permanently saved as a new preset with a
different name.

1. In the Autos Optimization screen, tap Save As. The Save Preset As screen opens.
2. Tap inside the Preset Name field and enter a descriptive name for the preset.
3. Tap Apply. You are returned to the Autos Optimization screen. The Preset Saved
Successfully notification message appears.

TIP - If you turn on the Replace Existing slider, it will auto populate the Preset
Name field with the name of the active preset. Tap Apply. You are returned to the
Autos Optimization screen. The Preset Overwritten notification message appears.

Delete a preset
Note – You cannot delete the Default preset.

1. In the Autos Optimization screen, select a preset and tap the delete icon ( ) on the
right-hand side of the preset.
2. A Delete confirmation message appears.
3. Tap Yes to confirm the deletion.

B.2.2 Optimize the Depth and Tilt Autos performance


Note – Check that your technician has calibrated Autos before you try to adjust the values in the
Autos Optimization screen.

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 176


Appendix: B Using Autos on other machine models

You may need to adjust the Autos Optimization settings when, for example, you work with a
different type of material (such as sand, dirt, or gravel).

Adjusting the settings in the Autos Optimization screen may improve the performance of
Autos. For example, if the boom is overshooting above the target design grade when you
pull in the stick, you can decrease the Boom Raise speed.

Autos performance is dependent on the speed that you pull in the stick. Experiment with
different speeds to find the optimum for your machine and combination of attachment and
material. For example:
l A slower or faster speed may produce a better result.
l A smooth take off speed helps.
l Do not vary the speed while optimizing the sliders.
1. Select High Power mode and turn the throttle up to maximum revs.
2. Using Depth and Tilt Autos, make a test pass in the material you are working, so that
you can judge the current performance of Autos.
a. Place the attachment on grade at near full reach.
b. Engage Autos.
c. Watch how quickly or slowly the attachment moves to the on-grade position.
Note – The behavior of Autos when the attachment is not loaded with the same material
you will work with does not provide enough information to adjust the values in the Autos
Optimization screen. Always use this information in conjunction with the results of a test
pass.
3. To make any changes, in the Autos Optimization screen, select the appropriate type
from the Optimize drop-down list.
4. Move the slider(s) to increase or decrease the values for the following:

TIP – The apex is where the boom changes from raising to lowering during a
pass.

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 177


Appendix: B Using Autos on other machine models

1 Full reach to apex 2 Apex 3 Apex to fully crowded

Type Option Description


Attack Angle Attack Angle If required, move the Attack Angle
slider to change the angle of the
bottom of the attachment to the
design surface.
Zero is parallel, a negative value will
lower the back of the attachment and a
positive value will raise the back of the
attachment.
Rake Rake In Before Apex If the finished surface is below grade
when you perform a Rake In pass from
full reach to the apex, increase this
value.
Rake In After Apex If the finished surface is below grade
when you perform a Rake In pass from
apex to fully crowded, increase this
value.
Rake Out Before Apex If the finished surface is below grade
when you perform a Rake Out pass
from fully crowded to the apex,
increase this value.
Rake Out After Apex If the finished surface is below grade
when you perform a Rake Out pass
from the apex to full reach, increase
this value.
Flat Flat Attachment In If the finished surface is below grade
Attachment In (Boom) Before Apex when you perform a Flat Attachment In
pass from full reach to the apex,
increase this value. This will control the
boom raise and lower commands.
Flat Attachment In If the finished surface is below grade
(Boom) After Apex when you perform a Flat Attachment In
pass from the apex to fully crowded,
increase this value. This will control the
boom raise and lower commands.
Flat Attachment In If the attachment changes angle too
(Attachment) Before slowly and does not keep flat on grade

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 178


Appendix: B Using Autos on other machine models

Type Option Description


Apex when you perform a Flat Attachment In
pass from full reach to the apex,
increase this value.
Flat Attachment In If the attachment changes angle too
(Attachment) After slowly and does not keep flat on grade
Apex when you perform a Flat Attachment In
pass from the apex to fully crowded,
increase this value.
Flat Flat Attachment Out If the finished surface is below grade
Attachment (Boom) Before Apex when you perform a Flat Attachment
Out Out pass from fully crowded to the
apex, increase this value. This will
control the boom raise and lower
commands.
Flat Attachment Out If the attachment changes angle too
(Boom) After Apex slowly and does not keep flat on grade
when you perform a Flat Attachment
Out pass from the apex to full reach,
increase this value. This will control the
boom raise and lower commands.
Flat Attachment Out If the attachment changes angle too
(Attachment) Before slowly and does not keep flat on grade
Apex when you perform a Flat Attachment
Out pass from fully crowded to the
apex, increase this value.
Flat Attachment Out If the attachment changes angle too
(Attachment) After slowly and does not keep flat on grade
Apex when you perform a Flat Attachment
Out pass from the apex to full reach,
increase this value.
Boom Raise Speed Looking at the surface from full reach
to the apex, use Boom Raise Speed to
make the attachment cut to grade. If
the finished surface is consistently
below grade, increase this value.
Raise Response If the boom is slow to rise, then
increase this value.

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 179


Appendix: B Using Autos on other machine models

Type Option Description


Lower Speed Looking at the surface from the apex
to fully crowded, use Boom Lower
Speed to make the attachment cut to
grade. If the finished surface is
consistently above grade, increase this
value.
Lower Response If the boom is slow to lower, then
increase this value.
Take Off Speed If the boom is not driving to grade
within the first 0.5 m/1.5 ft after the
stick is pulled, increase this value.
Decreasing this value may reduce
oscillations at the very beginning of the
pass.
Joystick Joystick Response If both the boom and attachment are
Speed slow to respond to stick movement,
increase this value. Decreasing this
value may reduce oscillations at the
very beginning of the pass and
oscillations observed when the stick
movement is slow.
Attachment Dump Speed If the attachment is slow to dump for
the full duration of the pass, increase
this value.
Dump Response If the attachment is slow to dump, then
increase this value.
Curl Speed If the attachment is slow to curl for the
full duration of the pass, increase this
value.
Curl Response If the attachment is slow to curl, then
increase this value.
Tilt Speed If the attachment is slow to tilt,
increase this value.
Tilt Sensitivity If the automatic tilt adjustment is
erratic or jerky, decrease this value.

5. Tap Apply.

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 180


Appendix: B Using Autos on other machine models

6. Make another test pass and compare the results. Repeat the process, if necessary,
until you get the results you desire.
You may need to enlist the help of your technician for further fine tuning and a
precise check of the machine measure-up.

B.3 Depth Autos Setup, Tilt Autos Setup with a


Non-Integrated Tiltrotator, or Both – Trimble Autos on Cat
NGH series 07 machines
This information applies to Trimble Autos on Cat NGH series 07 machines

For Tilt Autos, the following information is relevant for a non-integrated tiltrotator. For a tilt
bucket, tilting hitch or an integrated tiltrotator, see B.1 Depth Autos Setup, Tilt Autos Setup,
or Both – Trimble Autos on Cat NGH series 07 machines

Autos performs best when grading a finish surface. After you finish bulk excavating and
approach final grade, engage Autos.

Autos mode What the system automatically controls


Depth Autos The system automatically controls movement of the boom
and attachment curl, while you manually control movement
of the stick.
Tilt Autos The system automatically controls movement of the
attachment tilt, while you manually control movement of
the rest of the front linkage.
Depth and Tilt Autos The system automatically controls movement of the boom
and attachment tilt and curl, while you manually control
movement of the stick.

Note – Use Autos with a bucket, do not use it with any other type of attachment.

TIP – For information on best practices, see 6.3 Best Practices When Using Depth
Autos and 7.6 Best Practices When Using Tilt Autos.

B.3.1 Autos status indicators


The Autos status indicators at the bottom left (Tilt) and right–hand corner (Depth) of the
work screen show you what state Autos are currently in.

Status indicator Status


Manual
Autos is enabled, but not engaged.

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 181


Appendix: B Using Autos on other machine models

Status indicator Status

Manual interlock
Autos is enabled but cannot be engaged.
Possible reasons: Hydraulic lockout engaged, other
menus or apps are obscuring the Autos icon.
Autos ready
Autos is enabled and engaged, but is not active
because the attachment is outside the control range.

Autos engaged
Autos is enabled, engaged and active with the
attachment inside the control range.
In this state the system controls movement of the
boom and attachment.
Autos not ready
Autos is enabled and engaged but cannot be active so
Autos is temporarily suspended.
Possible reason: GNSS precision is outside tolerance.

B.3.2 Enable and Engage Autos

WARNING — When Depth and Tilt Autos is engaged, the system will control
movement of the boom and attachment. These movements could cause injury to
anyone near the attachment, or damage to the machine. Always put the
attachment on the ground and engage the hydraulic lockout before you leave the
machine.
Do not use Depth and Tilt Autos when somebody is working near the attachment
or if the ground conditions are unstable. Only use Depth and Tilt Autos to grade a
finish surface. Disarm Depth and Tilt Autos when you perform other applications,
such as lifting.

To use Depth Autos, Tilt Autos or both:

1. If you are in Depth and Slope mode, bench the machine before you use Autos.
If you are in Design mode, load a design before you use Autos.
2. Position the machine on solid, stable ground to prevent rocking.
3. Make sure the machine’s hydraulic oil reaches its normal operating temperature.

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 182


Appendix: B Using Autos on other machine models

4. Select High Power mode and turn the throttle up to maximum revs.
Note – It is okay to use the auto idle function on your machine.
5. Position the attachment within the control range.

TIP – Use the lightbars, cut/fills and buzzer to guide the attachment.

6. For Tilt Autos, enable the Auto function on the non-integrated tiltrotator controller.
Note – For information on Tilt Autos with a tilt bucket, tilting hitch or an integrated
tiltrotator, see B.1 Depth Autos Setup, Tilt Autos Setup, or Both – Trimble Autos on Cat NGH
series 07 machines
7. On the Cat Machine Display, configure the joystick buttons for Depth Autos. This is a
one-off setup task and will depend on the activation mode you select for Autos. This
may be Assist on Demand or Toggle Autos.
There may be applications where you want Autos functionality without having to use
stick in or out joystick input. An example would be holding grade while slewing the
machine with the attachment rotated at 90 degrees. In these situations, set the Autos
mode to Assist on Demand.

Autos Assign Autos to joystick button


activation
mode
Assist on a. If required, assign Grade Activation (Depth Autos) to a
Demand joystick button via the Cat Machine Display.
b. Assign Assist On Demand to a joystick button via the Cat
Machine Display.
Toggle Autos If required, assign Grade Activation (Depth Autos) to a joystick
button via the Cat Machine Display.

8. Enable Autos: For Depth Autos toggle on Grade Assist, either via the Cat Machine
Display or the joystick buttons. For Tilt Autos toggle on Arm Tilt Autos in the Autos
Setup screen. You can access the Autos Setup screen via the Work Settings menu.
9. Engage Autos: For Tilt Autos press and hold the tilt auto switch (as per your tiltrotator
manufacturer instructions) as the attachment cutting edge approaches the design
elevation. If the attachment is in the controls range it will start automatic tilt
movement of the attachment. For Depth Autos:

Autos Instructions to engage Depth Autos


activation
mode
Assist on Press and hold the Assist on Demand button as the attachment
Demand cutting edge approaches the design elevation. If the

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 183


Appendix: B Using Autos on other machine models

Autos Instructions to engage Depth Autos


activation
mode
attachment is in the controls range it will start the automatic
movement of the boom and attachment.
Toggle Autos If the attachment is in the controls range and you move the
stick it will start the automatic movement of the boom and
attachment. Move the stick lever slowly to start the automatic
movement of the boom. Once the attachment engages with
the design and Depth Autos engages and the boom is in
motion, you can increase the velocity of the stick.

To temporarily disengage Tilt Autos, let go of the tilt auto switch. Press the tilt auto
switch again to re-engage Tilt Autos. For Depth Autos:

Autos activation mode Instruction to disengage and re-engage Depth Autos


Assist on Demand Let go of the Assist on Demand button.
Press and hold the Assist on Demand button again to
re-engage Depth Autos.
Toggle Autos Stop moving the stick.
Move the stick again to re-engage Depth Autos.
OR
Toggle Autos off via the Grade button.
Toggle the Grade Activation button again to
re-engage Depth Autos.

Be aware that while Autos is disengaged you can cut beneath the design. Sometimes you
may purposefully want to dig below design, however if this is not the case make sure that
you monitor your cut/fills and lightbars.

You can manually override Autos at any time by moving the boom or attachment.

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 184


Appendix: B Using Autos on other machine models

Select and Apply a Preset


You can select and apply the active preset via the Autos Setup or Autos Optimization
screen. You can access these screens via the Work Settings menu. There is always at least
one preset stored which is the Default preset set by your technician in the Web Interface.
This cannot be edited or deleted.

Select the active preset that you require and tap Apply.

You can create, edit or delete a preset via the Autos Optimization screen. For more
information, see B.4 Depth Autos Optimization, Tilt Autos Optimization with a
Non-Integrated Tiltrotator, or Both – Trimble Autos on Cat NGH series 07 machines.

B.3.3 Troubleshooting
The table below lists some of the error messages that may appear when you use Autos. You
may need to enlist the help of your technician to resolve the error states.

Error Message Possible cause(s)


Auto State Not Visible Suspect that:
l Other menus or apps are obscuring the Autos
icon.
l You have Assist on Demand assigned to a
joystick button, and have not enabled Grade
Assist.
l Valve calibration has not been completed.
l Machine ECM does not currently support Autos.
Missing Software Enabled Attachment or
required license.
Machine Control System Check the machine display for faults.
Error

If you use the Cat Machine Display to change the direction of flow on a tilt attachment
(changing from Normal to Reverse, or from Reverse to Normal), you must repeat the
attachment measure-up process on the Cat Machine Display. Failure to do so may produce
incorrect Tilt Autos performance.

If the joystick button that is assigned to Grade Assist (Depth Autos) on the Cat Machine
Display is not working, assign Grade Assist (Depth Autos) to a new button or re-assign it to
the original button.

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 185


Appendix: B Using Autos on other machine models

B.4 Depth Autos Optimization, Tilt Autos Optimization with a


Non-Integrated Tiltrotator, or Both – Trimble Autos on Cat
NGH series 07 machines
This information applies to Trimble Autos on Cat NGH series 07 machines

For Tilt Autos, the following information is relevant for a non-integrated tiltrotator. For a tilt
bucket, tilting hitch or an integrated tiltrotator, see Depth Autos Optimization, Tilt Autos
Optimization, or Both – Trimble Autos on Cat NGH series 07 machines.

TIP – For information on how to use Autos, see B.3 Depth Autos Setup, Tilt Autos
Setup with a Non-Integrated Tiltrotator, or Both – Trimble Autos on Cat NGH series 07
machines.

B.4.1 Presets
Presets allow you to save Autos Optimization settings so that you can restore them later.
This is useful when there is a change in application or material.

Note – Presets are not dependent on the Auto mode selected. For example, if you create Preset 1
while in Depth and Tilt mode, the same boom and attachment speeds will appear if you select
Preset 1 while in Depth mode and the same tilt speed will appear if you select Preset 1 while in Tilt
mode.

Add a new preset


Note – When you add a new preset the Autos Optimization sliders are set to their default values.

1. In the Autos Optimization screen, tap Create. The Add New Preset screen opens.
2. Tap inside the Preset Name field and enter a descriptive name for the preset.
3. Tap Apply. You are returned to the Autos Optimization screen.
4. In the Autos Optimization screen, use the Autos sliders or the arrows to increase (
) or decrease ( ) the values. For more information, see the section on
optimizing the Autos performance.
5. The preset changes to a customized or temporary state (as indicated by the * next to
the preset name and the italicized text).
6. Tap Apply to save the preset in its customized state.
Note – All changes will be discarded if you select the original unmodified preset or a
different preset. To save the customized preset permanently, tap Save As. See Save an
edited preset with a new name.

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 186


Appendix: B Using Autos on other machine models

Edit a preset

Note – If you try to switch to another preset while editing, the Discard All Changes? confirmation
message appears. Any unsaved changes you made will be lost if you tap Yes.

1. In the Autos Optimization screen, select and apply a preset.


2. Use the Autos sliders or the arrows to increase ( ) or decrease ( ) any of the
values.
Any edit you make to a preset puts it into a customized and temporary state (as
indicated by the * next to the preset name and the italicized text) .
3. To save the changes, tap Save As. The Save Preset As screen opens.
4. Turn on the Replace Existing slider. It will auto populate the Preset Name field with
the name of the active preset. Tap Apply. You are returned to the Autos Optimization
screen. The Preset Overwritten notification message appears.

TIP - To save the customized preset with a new name, see Save an edited preset
with a new name.

Save an edited preset with a new name


Any active preset that is in a customized and temporary state (as indicated by the * next to
the preset name and the italicized text) can be permanently saved as a new preset with a
different name.

1. In the Autos Optimization screen, tap Save As. The Save Preset As screen opens.
2. Tap inside the Preset Name field and enter a descriptive name for the preset.
3. Tap Apply. You are returned to the Autos Optimization screen. The Preset Saved
Successfully notification message appears.

TIP - If you turn on the Replace Existing slider, it will auto populate the Preset
Name field with the name of the active preset. Tap Apply. You are returned to the
Autos Optimization screen. The Preset Overwritten notification message appears.

Delete a preset
Note – You cannot delete the Default preset.

1. In the Autos Optimization screen, select a preset and tap the delete icon ( ) on the
right-hand side of the preset.
2. A Delete confirmation message appears.
3. Tap Yes to confirm the deletion.

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 187


Appendix: B Using Autos on other machine models

B.4.2 Optimize the Depth and Tilt Autos performance


Note – Check that your technician has calibrated Autos before you try to adjust the values in the
Autos Optimization screen.

You may need to adjust the Autos Optimization settings when, for example, you work with a
different type of material (such as sand, dirt, or gravel).

Adjusting the settings in the Autos Optimization screen may improve the performance of
Autos. For example, if the boom is overshooting above the target design grade when you
pull in the stick, you can decrease the Boom Raise speed.

Autos performance is dependent on the speed that you pull in the stick. Experiment with
different speeds to find the optimum for your machine and combination of attachment and
material. For example:
l A slower or faster speed may produce a better result.
l A smooth take off speed helps.
l Do not vary the speed while optimizing the sliders.
1. Select High Power mode and turn the throttle up to maximum revs.
2. Using Depth and Tilt Autos, make a test pass in the material you are working, so that
you can judge the current performance of Autos.
a. Place the attachment on grade at near full reach.
b. Engage Autos.
c. Watch how quickly or slowly the attachment moves to the on-grade position.
Note – The behavior of Autos when the attachment is not loaded with the same material
you will work with does not provide enough information to adjust the values in the Autos
Optimization screen. Always use this information in conjunction with the results of a test
pass.
3. To make any changes, in the Autos Optimization screen, select the appropriate type
from the Optimize drop-down list.
4. Move the slider(s) to increase or decrease the values for the following:

TIP – The apex is where the boom changes from raising to lowering during a
pass.

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 188


Appendix: B Using Autos on other machine models

1 Full reach to apex 2 Apex 3 Apex to fully crowded

Type Option Description


Attack Angle Attack Angle If required, move the Attack Angle
slider to change the angle of the
bottom of the attachment to the
design surface.
Zero is parallel, a negative value will
lower the back of the attachment and a
positive value will raise the back of the
attachment.
Rake Rake In Before Apex If the finished surface is below grade
when you perform a Rake In pass from
full reach to the apex, increase this
value.
Rake In After Apex If the finished surface is below grade
when you perform a Rake In pass from
apex to fully crowded, increase this
value.
Rake Out Before Apex If the finished surface is below grade
when you perform a Rake Out pass
from fully crowded to the apex,
increase this value.
Rake Out After Apex If the finished surface is below grade
when you perform a Rake Out pass
from the apex to full reach, increase

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 189


Appendix: B Using Autos on other machine models

Type Option Description


this value.
Flat Flat Attachment In If the finished surface is below grade
Attachment In (Boom) Before Apex when you perform a Flat Attachment In
pass from full reach to the apex,
increase this value. This will control the
boom raise and lower commands.
Flat Attachment In If the finished surface is below grade
(Boom) After Apex when you perform a Flat Attachment In
pass from the apex to fully crowded,
increase this value. This will control the
boom raise and lower commands.
Flat Attachment In If the attachment changes angle too
(Attachment) Before slowly and does not keep flat on grade
Apex when you perform a Flat Attachment In
pass from full reach to the apex,
increase this value.
Flat Attachment In If the attachment changes angle too
(Attachment) After slowly and does not keep flat on grade
Apex when you perform a Flat Attachment In
pass from the apex to fully crowded,
increase this value.
Flat Flat Attachment Out If the finished surface is below grade
Attachment (Boom) Before Apex when you perform a Flat Attachment
Out Out pass from fully crowded to the
apex, increase this value. This will
control the boom raise and lower
commands.
Flat Attachment Out If the attachment changes angle too
(Boom) After Apex slowly and does not keep flat on grade
when you perform a Flat Attachment
Out pass from the apex to full reach,
increase this value. This will control the
boom raise and lower commands.
Flat Attachment Out If the attachment changes angle too
(Attachment) Before slowly and does not keep flat on grade
Apex when you perform a Flat Attachment
Out pass from fully crowded to the
apex, increase this value.

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 190


Appendix: B Using Autos on other machine models

Type Option Description


Flat Attachment Out If the attachment changes angle too
(Attachment) After slowly and does not keep flat on grade
Apex when you perform a Flat Attachment
Out pass from the apex to full reach,
increase this value.
Boom Raise Speed Looking at the surface from full reach
to the apex, use Boom Raise Speed to
make the attachment cut to grade. If
the finished surface is consistently
below grade, increase this value.
Raise Response If the boom is slow to rise, then
increase this value.
Lower Speed Looking at the surface from the apex
to fully crowded, use Boom Lower
Speed to make the attachment cut to
grade. If the finished surface is
consistently above grade, increase this
value.
Lower Response If the boom is slow to lower, then
increase this value.
Take Off Speed If the boom is not driving to grade
within the first 0.5 m/1.5 ft after the
stick is pulled, increase this value.
Decreasing this value may reduce
oscillations at the very beginning of the
pass.
Joystick Joystick Response If both the boom and attachment are
Speed slow to respond to stick movement,
increase this value. Decreasing this
value may reduce oscillations at the
very beginning of the pass and
oscillations observed when the stick
movement is slow.
Attachment Dump Speed If the attachment is slow to dump for
the full duration of the pass, increase
this value.
Dump Response If the attachment is slow to dump, then
increase this value.

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 191


Appendix: B Using Autos on other machine models

Type Option Description


Curl Speed If the attachment is slow to curl for the
full duration of the pass, increase this
value.
Curl Response If the attachment is slow to curl, then
increase this value.
Tilt Speed If the attachment is slow to tilt,
increase this value.
Tilt Sensitivity If the automatic tilt adjustment is
erratic or jerky, decrease this value.

5. Tap Apply.
6. Make another test pass and compare the results. Repeat the process, if necessary,
until you get the results you desire.
You may need to enlist the help of your technician for further fine tuning and a
precise check of the machine measure-up.

B.5 Best Practices When Using Depth Autos – Trimble Autos


on Cat NGH series 07 machines
This information applies to Trimble Autos on Cat NGH series 07 machines only.

Observe the following best practices to obtain optimal results when using Depth Autos.

Note – Use Autos with a bucket, do not use it with any other type of attachment.

WARNING — Do not leave the cab when Depth Autos is engaged. When Depth
Autos is engaged, the system will control movement of the boom and attachment.
These movements could cause injury to anyone near the attachment, or damage
to the machine. Always put the attachment on the ground and engage the
hydraulic lockout before you leave the machine.
Do not use Depth Autos if the ground conditions are unstable. Only use Depth
Autos to grade a finish surface. Disarm Depth Autos when you perform other
applications, such as lifting.

TIP – When using Autos features, avoid connecting the Operator app device to the
system via Wi-Fi. Ensure that you use a wired connection.

B.5.1 Prepare the machine


Procedures that your technician or installer should perform before you use Depth Autos:

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 192


Appendix: B Using Autos on other machine models

l Check that the machine is in good operating condition.


l Check that none of the connecting pins (boom, stick, attachment and cylinders) have
excessive wear. If the machine is loose, the system cannot produce optimal results.

B.5.2 Best practices for operating excavators


Depth Autos performs best when grading a finish surface.

Procedures to perform every time you use Depth Autos


l Position the machine on solid, stable ground to prevent rocking.
Rocking will negatively affect the performance of Depth Autos. It is important that
both excavator tracks are firmly planted on stable ground. It is not essential that the
ground is flat (a sloping surface is okay).
Note – If you do not have a tilt bucket, the machine will need to sit on a surface that is close
to the cross slope on the target surface. The roll of the excavator (slope of the machine
measured from one track to the opposite track) will determine the cross slope of the finish
surface.

TIP – If the attachment becomes unstable due to machine rocking, stop and
wait until the attachment becomes stable before you try again. If the problem
persists, prepare the ground that the machine tracks will sit on. Both tracks
should sit on stable ground.

l Make sure the machine’s hydraulic oil reaches its normal operating temperature.
l Select High Power mode and turn the throttle up to maximum revs.
The hydraulic pump should always have maximum power available to it, so the
hydraulic system can respond to automatic commands as quickly as possible.
Note – It is okay to use the auto idle function on your machine.

TIP – When starting the machine, make sure that it hasn't defaulted to another
mode such as Economy or Standard Power. Some machines will default to a
mode other than High Power when they are started.

l Position the attachment within the control range.

TIP – Use the lightbars, cut/fills and buzzer to guide the attachment.

l If applicable, make sure the following features are disabled before you use Depth
Autos:
Crane/heavy lift mode
Smart boom

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 193


Appendix: B Using Autos on other machine models

Procedures to perform every time you change the attachment


l Check the performance of Depth Autos every time you change from one attachment
to another, especially if you are going from a large heavy attachment to a smaller one
or vice-versa.
If necessary, adjust the sliders for the boom and/or attachment in the Autos
Optimization screen. This can optimize Autos performance.

Procedures to perform, as required


l You can improve the performance of Depth Autos by adjusting the values in the
Autos Optimization screen. For example, if the attachment is slow to curl for the full
duration of the pass, increase the Attachment Curl Speed.
Another example of when you might need to adjust the Autos Optimization values is
when material conditions change.

Operating practices that can improve performance


l To improve grading performance when material conditions change, adjust the
velocity of the stick movement, especially when you first initiate Depth Autos.
If you use the attachment in a flat position on hard clay, you can initiate the stick lever
quickly.

If you use the attachment in the raking position in loose gravel, initiate the stick lever
slowly.

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 194


Appendix: B Using Autos on other machine models

l Decrease the stick velocity when you reach and pass through the apex of the stick
(when the boom changes from rising to lowering) or at transitions of slopes.
l If you use the attachment in a flat position when the cutting edge transitions from an
uphill sloping to level design or from a level to downhill sloping design, Depth Autos is
often not quick enough to raise the boom and dump the attachment, while also
keeping the attachment locked to the design plane. As a result the attachment can
unsnap from the design, as shown below.

To avoid this, either grade through the transition with the attachment in the raking
position or pass through the transition with a flat attachment and then re-position
the attachment to grade the flat section, as shown below.

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 195


Appendix: B Using Autos on other machine models

l To achieve the best results, leave the surface a little high before you make the final
pass. The attachment is more stable while it is resting on material versus in the air.
l Have the attachment flat against the design surface for the final pass.
Making a pass in loose material while the attachment is in the rake position will allow
material to fall between the teeth. This results in the surface being a little high.
l To avoid under or over-cutting at the start of a flat attachment pass, match the
attachment angle to the design and allow the attachment to snap to design slope
before increasing stick velocity.
l The boom transition into Autos is smoother while the stick is in motion versus no
motion.
Avoid engaging Depth Autos while there is no stick motion and the stick is fully
extended with the attachment in the rake position. If you want to start a pass in this
position, move the stick slowly to prevent cutting below the target surface.
l When making a pass that will result in full stick cylinder extension, release the depth
auto switch just prior to reaching full cylinder extent. This will allow smoother
operation and avoid unwanted boom reaction when stalling the stick in Depth Autos.
l The attachment attack angle that will provide optimal grading performance in most
applications is to align the cutting edge with the design surface.

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 196


Appendix: B Using Autos on other machine models

If the attachment attack angle is not aggressive enough, it will ride on the bottom of
the attachment and will not allow the cutting edge to reach design. This will result in a
system that will continually cut high and not get down to grade.

If the attachment attack angle is too aggressive, it will cut into the design when it
encounters a load.

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 197


Appendix: B Using Autos on other machine models

TIP – You may need to use this aggressive angle when you work with very hard
material.

l In the Autos Optimization screen you can also move the Attachment Attack Angle
slider to change the angle of the bottom of the attachment to the design surface.
Zero is parallel, a negative value will lower the back of the attachment and a positive
value will raise the back of the attachment

B.6 Best Practices When Using Tilt Autos – Trimble Autos on


Cat NGH series 07 machines
This information applies to Trimble Autos on Cat NGH series 07 machines only.

Observe the following best practices to obtain optimal results when using Tilt Autos.

WARNING — Do not leave the cab when Tilt Autos is engaged. When Tilt Autos is
engaged, the system will control movement of the tilt bucket or tilting hitch. These
movements could cause injury to anyone near the attachment, or damage to the
machine. Always put the attachment on the ground and engage the hydraulic
lockout before you leave the machine.
Do not use Tilt Autos if the ground conditions are unstable. Only use Tilt Autos to
grade a finish surface. Disarm Tilt Autos when you perform other applications,
such as lifting.

TIP – When using Autos features, avoid connecting the Operator app device to the
system via Wi-Fi. Ensure that you use a wired connection.

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 198


Appendix: B Using Autos on other machine models

B.6.1 Prepare the machine


Before you use Tilt Autos, your technician or installer should check that:
l The machine is in good operating condition.
l None of the connecting pins (boom, stick, attachment and cylinders) have excessive
wear. If the machine is loose, the system cannot produce optimal results.

B.6.2 Best practices for operating excavators


Tilt Autos performs best when grading a finish surface.

Procedures to perform every time you use Tilt Autos


l Position the machine on solid, stable ground to prevent rocking.
Rocking negatively affects the performance of Tilt Autos. It is important that both
excavator tracks are firmly planted on stable ground. It is not essential that the
ground is level (a sloping surface is okay).

TIP – If the attachment becomes unstable due to machine rocking, stop and
wait until the attachment becomes stable before you try again. If the problem
persists, prepare the ground that the machine tracks will sit on. Both tracks
should sit on stable ground.

l Make sure the machine’s hydraulic oil reaches its normal operating temperature.
l Turn the throttle up to maximum revs.
l Position the attachment within the control range.

TIP – Use the lightbars, cut/fills and buzzer to guide the attachment.

l If applicable, make sure the following features are disabled before you use Tilt Autos:
Crane/heavy lift mode
Smart boom

Procedures to perform every time you change the attachment


l Check the performance of Tilt Autos every time you change from one attachment to
another, especially if you are going from a large heavy attachment to a smaller one or
vice-versa.
If necessary, adjust the Tilt Speed slider in the Autos Optimization screen. This may
optimize the performance of Tilt Autos.

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 199


Appendix: B Using Autos on other machine models

Procedures to perform, as required


l If necessary, adjust the Tilt Speed slider in the Autos Optimization screen. This may
optimize the performance of Tilt Autos.
An example of when you might need to adjust this value is when material conditions
change.
l If you use the Cat Machine Display to change the direction of flow on a tilt attachment
(changing from Normal to Reverse, or from Reverse to Normal), you must repeat the
attachment measure-up process on the Cat Machine Display. Failure to do so may
produce incorrect Tilt Autos performance.

Operating practices that can improve performance


l Minimize slew on steep slopes when you initiate Autos. A small horizontal change can
make a large vertical difference.
l To improve grading performance when material conditions change, adjust the
velocity of the stick, especially when you first initiate Tilt Autos.
l To achieve the best results, leave the surface a little high before you make the final
pass. The attachment is more stable while it is resting on material versus in the air.
l To avoid under or over-cutting at the start of a pass, allow the attachment to snap to
design slope before increasing stick velocity.
l On some design slopes, it may not be possible for Tilt Autos to reach grade within the
tilt cylinder extents. If this occurs, you may need to reposition the bucket and/or
machine.
l When approaching changes in design grade, it is best to reduce stick speed and align
the bucket tips to the design break-line.
l It is best to avoid straddling changes in design grade by working along/across the
design changes and/or adjusting the vertical guidance point location (located in the
Work Setting > Attachments menu).

B.7 Depth Autos Setup on Cat NGH mini/micro machines


Depth Autos performs best when grading a finish surface. After you finish bulk excavating
and approach final grade, engage Autos. The system automatically controls movement of
the boom and attachment, while you manually control movement of the stick.

Note – Use Autos with a bucket, do not use it with any other type of attachment.

Note – For machines with a two-piece boom, do not move the upper boom while in Autos mode.

TIP – For information on best practices, see 6.3 Best Practices When Using Depth
Autos.

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 200


Appendix: B Using Autos on other machine models

TIP – When using Autos features, avoid connecting the Operator app device to the
system via Wi-Fi. Ensure that you use a wired connection.

B.7.1 Depth Autos status indicators


The Depth Autos status indicators at the bottom right–hand corner of the work screen
show you what state Autos are currently in.

Status indicator Status


Manual
Depth Autos is armed, but not engaged.
Manual interlock
Depth Autos is armed but cannot be engaged.
Possible reason: Hydraulic lockout engaged, other
menus or apps are obscuring the Autos icon.
Depth Autos ready
Depth Autos is armed and engaged, but is not active
because the attachment is outside the control range.
Depth Autos engaged
Depth Autos is armed, engaged and active with the
attachment inside the control range.
In this state the system controls movement of the boom
and attachment.
Depth Autos not ready
Depth Autos is armed and engaged but cannot be active
so Autos is temporarily suspended.
Possible reason: Elevation not benched.

B.7.2 Arm and Engage Depth Autos

WARNING — Do not leave the cab when Depth Autos is engaged. When Depth
Autos is engaged, the system will control movement of the boom and attachment.
These movements could cause injury to anyone near the attachment, or damage
to the machine. Always put the attachment on the ground and engage the
hydraulic lockout before you leave the machine.
Do not use Depth Autos if the ground conditions are unstable. Only use Depth
Autos to grade a finish surface. Disarm Depth Autos when you perform other
applications, such as lifting.

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 201


Appendix: B Using Autos on other machine models

To use Depth Autos:

1. If you are in Depth and Slope mode, bench the machine before you use Depth Autos.
If you are in Design mode, load a design before you use Depth Autos.
2. Position the machine on solid, stable ground to prevent rocking.
3. Make sure the machine’s hydraulic oil reaches its normal operating temperature
(55°C/130°F ).
4. Select High Power mode and turn the throttle up to maximum revs.
Note – It is okay to use the auto idle function on your machine.
5. Position the attachment within the control range.

TIP – Use the lightbars, cut/fills and buzzer to guide the attachment.

6. Set the Grade Configuration to Depth Only and toggle on Grade Enable via the Cat
Machine Display.
7. Press the Grade Auto switch and acknowledge the Grade Enable message on the Cat
Machine Display.

8. To engage Depth Autos: Press and hold the Grade Auto switch as the attachment
cutting edge approaches the design elevation. If the attachment is in the controls
range it will start the automatic movement of the boom and attachment.
To temporarily disengage Depth Autos: Let go of the Grade Auto switch. Be aware
that while Autos is disengaged you can cut beneath the design. Sometimes you may
purposefully want to dig below design, however if this is not the case make sure that
you monitor your cut/fills and lightbars. Press the Grade Auto switch again to
re-engage Depth Autos.
You can manually override Autos at any time by moving the boom or attachment.

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 202


Appendix: B Using Autos on other machine models

Select and Apply a Preset


You can select and apply the active preset via the Autos Setup or Autos Optimization
screen. You can access these screens via the Work Settings menu. There is always at least
one preset stored which is the Default preset set by your technician in the Web Interface.
This cannot be edited or deleted.

Select the active preset that you require and tap Apply.

You can create, edit or delete a preset via the Autos Optimization screen. For more
information, see B.8 Depth Autos Optimization on Cat NGH mini/micro machines.

B.7.3 Troubleshooting
The table below lists some of the error messages that may appear when you use Autos. You
may need to enlist the help of your technician to resolve the error states.

Error Message Possible cause(s)


Auto State Not Visible Suspect that other menus or apps are obscuring the
Autos icon.

B.8 Depth Autos Optimization on Cat NGH mini/micro


machines
Note – If want to use Depth and Tilt Autos together, see B.12 Depth and Tilt Autos Optimization
on Cat NGH mini/micro machines. This chapter is only for using Depth Autos.

TIP – For information on how to use Autos, see B.7 Depth Autos Setup on Cat NGH
mini/micro machines.

B.8.1 Presets
Presets allow you to save Autos Optimization settings so that you can restore them later.
This is useful when there is a change in application or material.

Note – Presets are not dependent on the Auto mode selected. For example, if you create Preset 1
while in Depth and Tilt mode, the same boom and attachment speeds will appear if you select
Preset 1 while in Depth mode and the same tilt speed will appear if you select Preset 1 while in Tilt
mode.

Select and Apply a Preset


You can select and apply the active preset via the Autos Setup or Autos Optimization
screen. You can access these screens via the Work Settings menu. There is always at least

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 203


Appendix: B Using Autos on other machine models

one preset stored which is the Default preset set by your technician in the Web Interface.
This cannot be edited or deleted.

Select the active preset that you require and tap Apply.

Add a new preset


Note – When you add a new preset the Autos Optimization sliders are set to their default values.

1. In the Autos Optimization screen, tap Create. The Add New Preset screen opens.
2. Tap inside the Preset Name field and enter a descriptive name for the preset.
3. Tap Apply. You are returned to the Autos Optimization screen.
4. In the Autos Optimization screen, use the Autos sliders or the arrows to increase (
) or decrease ( ) the values. For more information, see the section on
optimizing the Autos performance.
5. The preset changes to a customized or temporary state (as indicated by the * next to
the preset name and the italicized text).
6. Tap Apply to save the preset in its customized state.
Note – All changes will be discarded if you select the original unmodified preset or a
different preset. To save the customized preset permanently, tap Save As. See Save an
edited preset with a new name.

Edit a preset

Note – If you try to switch to another preset while editing, the Discard All Changes? confirmation
message appears. Any unsaved changes you made will be lost if you tap Yes.

1. In the Autos Optimization screen, select and apply a preset.


2. Use the Autos sliders or the arrows to increase ( ) or decrease ( ) any of the
values.
Any edit you make to a preset puts it into a customized and temporary state (as
indicated by the * next to the preset name and the italicized text) .
3. To save the changes, tap Save As. The Save Preset As screen opens.
4. Turn on the Replace Existing slider. It will auto populate the Preset Name field with
the name of the active preset. Tap Apply. You are returned to the Autos Optimization
screen. The Preset Overwritten notification message appears.

TIP - To save the customized preset with a new name, see Save an edited preset
with a new name.

Save an edited preset with a new name


Any active preset that is in a customized and temporary state (as indicated by the * next to
the preset name and the italicized text) can be permanently saved as a new preset with a

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 204


Appendix: B Using Autos on other machine models

different name.

1. In the Autos Optimization screen, tap Save As. The Save Preset As screen opens.
2. Tap inside the Preset Name field and enter a descriptive name for the preset.
3. Tap Apply. You are returned to the Autos Optimization screen. The Preset Saved
Successfully notification message appears.

TIP - If you turn on the Replace Existing slider, it will auto populate the Preset
Name field with the name of the active preset. Tap Apply. You are returned to the
Autos Optimization screen. The Preset Overwritten notification message appears.

Delete a preset
Note – You cannot delete the Default preset.

1. In the Autos Optimization screen, select a preset and tap the delete icon ( ) on the
right-hand side of the preset.
2. A Delete confirmation message appears.
3. Tap Yes to confirm the deletion.

B.8.2 Optimize the Depth Autos performance


Note – Check that your technician has calibrated Autos before you try to adjust the values in the
Autos Optimization screen.

You may need to adjust the Autos Optimization settings when, for example, you work with a
different type of material (such as sand, dirt, or gravel).

Adjusting the settings in the Autos Optimization screen may improve the performance of
Autos. For example, if the boom is overshooting above the target design grade when you
pull in the stick, you can decrease the Boom Raise speed.

Autos performance is dependent on the speed that you pull in the stick. Experiment with
different speeds to find the optimum for your machine and combination of attachment and
material. For example:
l A slower or faster speed may produce a better result.
l A smooth take off speed helps.
l Do not vary the speed while optimizing the sliders.
1. Select High Power mode and turn the throttle up to maximum revs.
2. Using Depth Autos, make a test pass in the material you are working, so that you can
judge the current performance of Autos.
a. Place the attachment on grade at near full reach.
b. Engage Autos.

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 205


Appendix: B Using Autos on other machine models

c. Watch how quickly or slowly the attachment moves to the on-grade position.
Note – The behavior of Autos when the attachment is not loaded with the same material
you will work with does not provide enough information to adjust the values in the Autos
Optimization screen. Always use this information in conjunction with the results of a test
pass.
3. To make any changes, in the Autos Optimization screen, select the appropriate type
from the Optimize drop-down list.
4. Move the slider(s) to increase or decrease the values for the following:

TIP – The apex is where the boom changes from raising to lowering during a
pass.

1 Full reach to apex 2 Apex 3 Apex to fully crowded

Type Option Description


Attack Angle Attack Angle If required, move the Attack Angle
slider to change the angle of the
bottom of the attachment to the
design surface.
Zero is parallel, a negative value will
lower the back of the attachment and a
positive value will raise the back of the
attachment.
Rake Rake In Before Apex If the finished surface is below grade
when you perform a Rake In pass from
full reach to the apex, increase this
value.

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 206


Appendix: B Using Autos on other machine models

Type Option Description


Rake In After Apex If the finished surface is below grade
when you perform a Rake In pass from
apex to fully crowded, increase this
value.
Rake Out Before Apex If the finished surface is below grade
when you perform a Rake Out pass
from fully crowded to the apex,
increase this value.
Rake Out After Apex If the finished surface is below grade
when you perform a Rake Out pass
from the apex to full reach, increase
this value.
Flat Flat Attachment In If the finished surface is below grade
Attachment In (Boom) Before Apex when you perform a Flat Attachment In
pass from full reach to the apex,
increase this value. This will control the
boom raise and lower commands.
Flat Attachment In If the finished surface is below grade
(Boom) After Apex when you perform a Flat Attachment In
pass from the apex to fully crowded,
increase this value. This will control the
boom raise and lower commands.
Flat Attachment In If the attachment changes angle too
(Attachment) Before slowly and does not keep flat on grade
Apex when you perform a Flat Attachment In
pass from full reach to the apex,
increase this value.
Flat Attachment In If the attachment changes angle too
(Attachment) After slowly and does not keep flat on grade
Apex when you perform a Flat Attachment In
pass from the apex to fully crowded,
increase this value.
Flat Flat Attachment Out If the finished surface is below grade
Attachment (Boom) Before Apex when you perform a Flat Attachment
Out Out pass from fully crowded to the
apex, increase this value. This will
control the boom raise and lower
commands.

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 207


Appendix: B Using Autos on other machine models

Type Option Description


Flat Attachment Out If the attachment changes angle too
(Boom) After Apex slowly and does not keep flat on grade
when you perform a Flat Attachment
Out pass from the apex to full reach,
increase this value. This will control the
boom raise and lower commands.
Flat Attachment Out If the attachment changes angle too
(Attachment) Before slowly and does not keep flat on grade
Apex when you perform a Flat Attachment
Out pass from fully crowded to the
apex, increase this value.
Flat Attachment Out If the attachment changes angle too
(Attachment) After slowly and does not keep flat on grade
Apex when you perform a Flat Attachment
Out pass from the apex to full reach,
increase this value.
Boom Raise Speed Looking at the surface from full reach
to the apex, use Boom Raise Speed to
make the attachment cut to grade. If
the finished surface is consistently
below grade, increase this value.
Raise Response If the boom is slow to rise, then
increase this value.
Lower Speed Looking at the surface from the apex
to fully crowded, use Boom Lower
Speed to make the attachment cut to
grade. If the finished surface is
consistently above grade, increase this
value.
Lower Response If the boom is slow to lower, then
increase this value.
Take Off Speed If the boom is not driving to grade
within the first 0.5 m/1.5 ft after the
stick is pulled, increase this value.
Decreasing this value may reduce
oscillations at the very beginning of the
pass.

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 208


Appendix: B Using Autos on other machine models

Type Option Description


Joystick Joystick Response If both the boom and attachment are
Speed slow to respond to stick movement,
increase this value. Decreasing this
value may reduce oscillations at the
very beginning of the pass and
oscillations observed when the stick
movement is slow.
Attachment Dump Speed If the attachment is slow to dump for
the full duration of the pass, increase
this value.
Dump Response If the attachment is slow to dump, then
increase this value.
Curl Speed If the attachment is slow to curl for the
full duration of the pass, increase this
value.
Curl Response If the attachment is slow to curl, then
increase this value.

5. Tap Apply.
6. Make another test pass and compare the results. Repeat the process, if necessary,
until you get the results you desire.
You may need to enlist the help of your technician for further fine tuning and a
precise check of the machine measure-up.

B.9 Tilt Autos Setup on Cat NGH mini/micro machines


Note – If you want to use Depth and Tilt Autos together, see B.11 Depth and Tilt Autos Setup on
Cat NGH mini/micro machines.

Tilt Autos performs best when grading a finish surface. After you finish bulk excavating and
approach final grade, engage Autos. The system automatically controls movement of the
attachment tilt, while you manually control movement of the rest of the front linkage.

Note – Tilt Autos is only supported via certain models of tiltrotator.

TIP – When using Autos features, avoid connecting the Operator app device to the
system via Wi-Fi. Ensure that you use a wired connection.

Tilt Autos can automatically move the tilting attachment at rotation angles 70° from forward
and 70° from backwards. The tilt cylinders do not rotate with the attachment, so outside of

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 209


Appendix: B Using Autos on other machine models

this range the cylinders drive attachment dump/curl instead of tilt. If the attachment falls
outside this range, you get the message: Attachment tilt is outside of measurable range.

TIP – For information on best practices, see 7.6 Best Practices When Using Tilt Autos.

B.9.1 Tilt Autos status indicators


The Tilt Autos status indicators at the bottom left–hand corner of the work screen show you
what state Autos are currently in.

Status indicator Status


Manual
Tilt Autos is enabled, but not engaged.
Manual interlock
Tilt Autos is enabled but cannot be engaged.
Possible reasons: Hydraulic lockout engaged, other
menus or apps are obscuring the Autos icon.
Tilt Autos ready
Tilt Autos is enabled and engaged, but is not active
because the attachment is outside the control range.
Tilt Autos engaged
Tilt Autos is enabled, engaged and active with the

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 210


Appendix: B Using Autos on other machine models

Status indicator Status


attachment inside the control range.
In this state the system controls movement of the
attachment.
Tilt Autos not ready
Tilt Autos is enabled and engaged but cannot be active
so Autos is temporarily suspended.
Possible reasons: GNSS precision is outside tolerance,
attachment is off design.

B.9.2 Enable and Engage Tilt Autos

WARNING — When Tilt Autos is engaged, the system will control movement of the
attachment tilt. These movements could cause injury to anyone near the
attachment, or damage to the machine. Always put the attachment on the ground
and engage the hydraulic lockout before you leave the machine.
Do not use Tilt Autos when somebody is working near the attachment or if the
ground conditions are unstable. Only use Tilt Autos to grade a finish surface.
Disarm Tilt Autos when you perform other applications, such as lifting.

To use Tilt Autos:

1. If you are in Depth and Slope mode, bench the machine before you use Tilt Autos.
If you are in Design mode, load a design before you use Tilt Autos.
2. Position the machine on solid, stable ground to prevent rocking.
3. Make sure the machine’s hydraulic oil reaches its normal operating temperature
(55°C/130°F).
4. Select High Power mode and turn the throttle up to maximum revs.
Note – You can use the auto idle function on your machine.
5. Position the attachment within the control range.

TIP – Use the lightbars, cut/fills and buzzer to guide the attachment.

6. If you are using a non-integrated tiltrotator:


a. Toggle off Grade Enable via the Cat Machine Display.
b. Access the Autos Setup screen via the Work Settings menu.
c. In the Autos Setup screen, toggle Arm Tilt Autos on and tap Apply.
d. To engage Tilt Autos: Press and hold the Tilt Autos switch as the attachment
cutting edge approaches the design elevation. If the attachment is in the
controls range it will start automatic movement of the attachment as you move
the stick lever.

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 211


Appendix: B Using Autos on other machine models

7. If you are using an integrated tiltrotator:


a. Set the Grade Configuration to Tilt Only and toggle on Grade Enable via the Cat
Machine Display.
b. Press the Grade Auto switch and acknowledge the Grade Enable message on
the Cat Machine Display.

c. To engage Tilt Autos: Press and hold the Grade Auto switch as the attachment
cutting edge approaches the design elevation. If the attachment is in the
controls range it will start automatic movement of the attachment as you move
the stick lever.
To temporarily disengage Tilt Autos: Let go of the Grade Auto switch. Be aware
that while Tilt Autos is disengaged you can cut beneath the design. Sometimes
you may purposefully want to dig below design, however if this is not the case
make sure that you monitor your cut/fills and lightbars. Press and hold the
Grade Auto switch again to re-engage Tilt Autos.
You can manually override Tilt Autos at any time by moving the attachment.

Select and Apply a Preset


You can select and apply the active preset via the Autos Setup or Autos Optimization
screen. You can access these screens via the Work Settings menu. There is always at least
one preset stored which is the Default preset set by your technician in the Web Interface.
This cannot be edited or deleted.

Select the active preset that you require and tap Apply.

You can create, edit or delete a preset via the Autos Optimization screen. For more
information, see B.10 Tilt Autos Optimization on Cat NGH mini/micro machines.

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 212


Appendix: B Using Autos on other machine models

B.9.3 Troubleshooting
The table below lists some of the error messages that may appear when you use Autos. You
may need to enlist the help of your technician to resolve the error states.

Error Message Possible cause(s)


Auto State Not Visible Suspect that other menus or apps are obscuring the
Autos icon.
Machine Control System Check the machine display for faults.
Error

Note – When using an integrated tiltrotator, the tilt bucket angle values on this system and the
Cat monitor may show a slight difference in values. This is because the data is coming from
different sensors.

TIP – When using an integrated tiltrotator, if the bucket tips do not drive to the
correct grade try performing a 360 degree revolution of the tiltrotator. This
executes an internal calibration that resolves the driving to grade issue.

B.10 Tilt Autos Optimization on Cat NGH mini/micro machines


Note – If you want to use Depth and Tilt Autos together, see B.12 Depth and Tilt Autos
Optimization on Cat NGH mini/micro machines.

TIP – When using Autos features, avoid connecting the Operator app device to the
system via Wi-Fi. Ensure that you use a wired connection.

TIP – For information on how to use Autos, see B.9 Tilt Autos Setup on Cat NGH
mini/micro machines.

B.10.1 Presets
Presets allow you to save Autos Optimization settings so that you can restore them later.
This is useful when there is a change in application or material.

Note – Presets are not dependent on the Auto mode selected. For example, if you create Preset 1
while in Depth and Tilt mode, the same boom and attachment speeds will appear if you select
Preset 1 while in Depth mode and the same tilt speed will appear if you select Preset 1 while in Tilt
mode.

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 213


Appendix: B Using Autos on other machine models

Select and Apply a Preset


You can select and apply the active preset via the Autos Setup or Autos Optimization
screen. You can access these screens via the Work Settings menu. There is always at least
one preset stored which is the Default preset set by your technician in the Web Interface.
This cannot be edited or deleted.

Select the active preset that you require and tap Apply.

Add a new preset


Note – When you add a new preset the Autos Optimization sliders are set to their default values.

1. In the Autos Optimization screen, tap Create. The Add New Preset screen opens.
2. Tap inside the Preset Name field and enter a descriptive name for the preset.
3. Tap Apply. You are returned to the Autos Optimization screen.
4. In the Autos Optimization screen, use the Autos sliders or the arrows to increase (
) or decrease ( ) the values. For more information, see the section on
optimizing the Autos performance.
5. The preset changes to a customized or temporary state (as indicated by the * next to
the preset name and the italicized text).
6. Tap Apply to save the preset in its customized state.
Note – All changes will be discarded if you select the original unmodified preset or a
different preset. To save the customized preset permanently, tap Save As. See Save an
edited preset with a new name.

Edit a preset

Note – If you try to switch to another preset while editing, the Discard All Changes? confirmation
message appears. Any unsaved changes you made will be lost if you tap Yes.

1. In the Autos Optimization screen, select and apply a preset.


2. Use the Autos sliders or the arrows to increase ( ) or decrease ( ) any of the
values.
Any edit you make to a preset puts it into a customized and temporary state (as
indicated by the * next to the preset name and the italicized text) .
3. To save the changes, tap Save As. The Save Preset As screen opens.
4. Turn on the Replace Existing slider. It will auto populate the Preset Name field with
the name of the active preset. Tap Apply. You are returned to the Autos Optimization
screen. The Preset Overwritten notification message appears.

TIP - To save the customized preset with a new name, see Save an edited preset
with a new name.

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 214


Appendix: B Using Autos on other machine models

Save an edited preset with a new name


Any active preset that is in a customized and temporary state (as indicated by the * next to
the preset name and the italicized text) can be permanently saved as a new preset with a
different name.

1. In the Autos Optimization screen, tap Save As. The Save Preset As screen opens.
2. Tap inside the Preset Name field and enter a descriptive name for the preset.
3. Tap Apply. You are returned to the Autos Optimization screen. The Preset Saved
Successfully notification message appears.

TIP - If you turn on the Replace Existing slider, it will auto populate the Preset
Name field with the name of the active preset. Tap Apply. You are returned to the
Autos Optimization screen. The Preset Overwritten notification message appears.

Delete a preset
Note – You cannot delete the Default preset.

1. In the Autos Optimization screen, select a preset and tap the delete icon ( ) on the
right-hand side of the preset.
2. A Delete confirmation message appears.
3. Tap Yes to confirm the deletion.

B.10.2 Optimize the Tilt Autos performance


Note – Check that your technician has calibrated Autos before you try to adjust the values in the
Autos Optimization screen.

You may need to adjust the Autos Optimization values when, for example, you work with a
different type of material (such as sand, dirt, or gravel).

Adjusting the values in the Autos Optimization screen may improve the performance of
Autos. For example, adjusting the tilt sensitivity setting may increase the smoothness of the
tilt movements.

Autos performance is dependent on the speed that you pull in the stick. Experiment with
different speeds to find the optimum for your machine and combination of attachment and
material. For example:
l A slower or faster speed may produce a better result.
l A smooth take off speed helps.
l Do not vary the speed while optimizing the sliders.

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 215


Appendix: B Using Autos on other machine models

1. Select High Power mode and turn the throttle up to maximum revs.
2. Using Tilt Autos, make a test pass in the material you are working, so that you can
judge the current performance of Autos.
a. Place the attachment on grade at near full reach.
b. Engage Autos.
c. Watch how quickly or slowly the attachment moves to the on-grade position.
Note – The behavior of Autos when the attachment is not loaded with the same material
you will work with does not provide enough information to adjust the values in the Autos
Optimization screen. Always use this information in conjunction with the results of a test
pass.
3. To make any changes, in the Autos Optimization screen, move the slider(s) to
increase or decrease the values for the following:

Type Option Description


Attachment Tilt Speed If the attachment is slow to tilt,
increase this value.
Tilt Sensitivity If the automatic tilt adjustment is
erratic or jerky, decrease this value.

4. Tap Apply.
5. Make another test pass and compare the results. Repeat the process, if necessary,
until you get the results you desire.
You may need to enlist the help of your technician for further fine tuning and a
precise check of the machine measure-up.

B.11 Depth and Tilt Autos Setup on Cat NGH mini/micro


machines
Note – If you only want to use Depth Autos, see B.7 Depth Autos Setup on Cat NGH mini/micro
machines. If you only want to use Tilt Autos, see B.9 Tilt Autos Setup on Cat NGH mini/micro
machines. This chapter is for using Depth and Tilt Autos together.

Depth and Tilt Autos performs best when grading a finish surface. After you finish bulk
excavating and approach final grade, engage Autos. The system automatically controls
movement of the boom and attachment, while you manually control movement of the stick.

Note – Tilt Autos is only supported via certain models of tiltrotator.

Note – Use Depth and Tilt Autos with a bucket, do not use it with any other type of attachment.

Note – For machines with a two-piece boom, do not move the upper boom while in Autos mode.

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 216


Appendix: B Using Autos on other machine models

TIP – For information on best practices, see 6.3 Best Practices When Using Depth
Autos and 7.6 Best Practices When Using Tilt Autos.

TIP – When using Autos features, avoid connecting the Operator app device to the
system via Wi-Fi. Ensure that you use a wired connection.

B.11.1 Depth and Tilt Autos status indicators


The Depth and Tilt Autos status indicators at the bottom left (Tilt) and right–hand corner
(Depth) of the work screen show you what state Autos are currently in.

Status indicator Status


Manual
Depth and Tilt Autos is enabled, but not engaged.

Manual interlock
Depth and Tilt Autos is enabled but cannot be engaged.
Possible reasons: Hydraulic lockout engaged, other
menus or apps are obscuring the Autos icon.
Depth and Tilt Autos ready
Depth and Tilt Autos is enabled and engaged, but is not
active because the attachment is outside the control
range.

Depth and Tilt Autos engaged


Depth and Tilt Autos is enabled, engaged and active with
the attachment inside the control range.
In this state the system controls movement of the boom
and attachment.
Depth and Tilt Autos not ready
Depth and Tilt Autos is enabled and engaged but cannot
be active so Autos is temporarily suspended.
Possible reason: GNSS precision is outside tolerance.

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 217


Appendix: B Using Autos on other machine models

B.11.2 Enable and Engage Depth and Tilt Autos

WARNING — When Depth and Tilt Autos is engaged, the system will control
movement of the boom and attachment. These movements could cause injury to
anyone near the attachment, or damage to the machine. Always put the
attachment on the ground and engage the hydraulic lockout before you leave the
machine.
Do not use Depth and Tilt Autos when somebody is working near the attachment
or if the ground conditions are unstable. Only use Depth and Tilt Autos to grade a
finish surface. Disarm Depth and Tilt Autos when you perform other applications,
such as lifting.

To use Depth and Tilt Autos:

1. If you are in Depth and Slope mode, bench the machine before you use Depth and
Tilt Autos.
If you are in Design mode, load a design before you use Depth and Tilt Autos.
2. Position the machine on solid, stable ground to prevent rocking.
3. Make sure the machine’s hydraulic oil reaches its normal operating temperature
(55°C/130°F ).
4. Select High Power mode and turn the throttle up to maximum revs.
Note – It is okay to use the auto idle function on your machine.
5. Position the attachment within the control range. Be aware that the Autos limits are
different for depth and tilt. Tilt Autos will engage when the focus point is within 1 m
(3.3 ft) from design or bench, but Depth Autos will not engage until the focus point is
within 0.4 m (1.3 ft).

TIP – Use the lightbars, cut/fills and buzzer to guide the attachment.

6. If you are using a non-integrated tiltrotator:


a. Set the Grade Configuration to Depth Only and toggle on Grade Enable via the
Cat Machine Display.
b. Access the Autos Setup screen via the Work Settings menu.
c. In the Autos Setup screen, toggle Arm Tilt Autos on and tap Apply.
d. Press the Grade Auto switch and acknowledge the Grade Enable message on
the Cat Machine Display.

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 218


Appendix: B Using Autos on other machine models

e. To engage Depth Autos: Press and hold the Grade Autos switch as the
attachment cutting edge approaches the design elevation. If the attachment is
in the controls range it will start automatic movement of the boom and
attachment curl as you move the stick lever.
To temporarily disengage Depth Autos: Let go of the Grade Auto switch. Be
aware that while Autos is disengaged you can cut beneath the design.
Sometimes you may purposefully want to dig below design, however if this is
not the case make sure that you monitor your cut/fills and lightbars. Press and
hold the Grade Auto switch again to re-engage Autos.
You can manually override Depth Autos at any time by moving the boom or
attachment.
f. To engage Tilt Autos: Press and hold the Tilt Autos switch as the attachment
cutting edge approaches the design elevation. If the attachment is in the
controls range it will start automatic movement of the attachment tilt as you
move the stick lever.
To temporarily disengage Tilt Autos: Let go of the Tilt Autos switch. Be aware
that while Autos is disengaged you can cut beneath the design. Sometimes you
may purposefully want to dig below design, however if this is not the case make
sure that you monitor your cut/fills and lightbars. Press and hold the Tilt Autos
switch again to re-engage Autos.
You can manually override Tilt Autos at any time by moving the attachment.
7. If you are using an integrated tiltrotator:
a. Set the Grade Configuration to Depth and Tilt and toggle on Grade Enable via
the Cat Machine Display.
b. Press the Grade Auto switch and acknowledge the Grade Enable message on
the Cat Machine Display.

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 219


Appendix: B Using Autos on other machine models

c. To engage Depth and Tilt Autos: Press and hold the Grade Auto switch as the
attachment cutting edge approaches the design elevation. If the attachment is
in the controls range it will start automatic movement of the boom and
attachment as you move the stick lever.
To temporarily disengage Depth and Tilt Autos: Let go of the Grade Auto
switch. Be aware that while Autos is disengaged you can cut beneath the
design. Sometimes you may purposefully want to dig below design, however if
this is not the case make sure that you monitor your cut/fills and lightbars.
Press and hold the Grade Auto switch again to re-engage Autos.
You can manually override Depth and Tilt Autos at any time by moving the
boom or attachment.

Select and Apply a Preset


You can select and apply the active preset via the Autos Setup or Autos Optimization
screen. You can access these screens via the Work Settings menu. There is always at least
one preset stored which is the Default preset set by your technician in the Web Interface.
This cannot be edited or deleted.

Select the active preset that you require and tap Apply.

You can create, edit or delete a preset via the Autos Optimization screen. For more
information, see B.12 Depth and Tilt Autos Optimization on Cat NGH mini/micro machines.

B.11.3 Troubleshooting
The table below lists some of the error messages that may appear when you use Autos. You
may need to enlist the help of your technician to resolve the error states.

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 220


Appendix: B Using Autos on other machine models

Error Message Possible cause(s)


Auto State Not Visible Suspect that other menus or apps are obscuring the
Autos icon.
Machine Control System Check the machine display for faults.
Error

Note – When using an integrated tiltrotator, the tilt bucket angle values on this system and the
Cat monitor may show a slight difference in values. This is because the data is coming from
different sensors.

TIP – When using an integrated tiltrotator, if the bucket tips do not drive to the
correct grade try performing a 360 degree revolution of the tiltrotator. This
executes an internal calibration that resolves the driving to grade issue.

B.12 Depth and Tilt Autos Optimization on Cat NGH


mini/micro machines
Note – If you only want to use Depth Autos, see B.8 Depth Autos Optimization on Cat NGH
mini/micro machines. If you only want to use Tilt Autos, see B.10 Tilt Autos Optimization on Cat
NGH mini/micro machines. This chapter is for using Depth and Tilt Autos together.

TIP – For information on how to use Autos, see B.11 Depth and Tilt Autos Setup on
Cat NGH mini/micro machines.

B.12.1 Presets
Presets allow you to save Autos Optimization settings so that you can restore them later.
This is useful when there is a change in application or material.

Note – Presets are not dependent on the Auto mode selected. For example, if you create Preset 1
while in Depth and Tilt mode, the same boom and attachment speeds will appear if you select
Preset 1 while in Depth mode and the same tilt speed will appear if you select Preset 1 while in Tilt
mode.

Select and Apply a Preset


You can select and apply the active preset via the Autos Setup or Autos Optimization
screen. You can access these screens via the Work Settings menu. There is always at least
one preset stored which is the Default preset set by your technician in the Web Interface.
This cannot be edited or deleted.

Select the active preset that you require and tap Apply.

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 221


Appendix: B Using Autos on other machine models

Add a new preset


Note – When you add a new preset the Autos Optimization sliders are set to their default values.

1. In the Autos Optimization screen, tap Create. The Add New Preset screen opens.
2. Tap inside the Preset Name field and enter a descriptive name for the preset.
3. Tap Apply. You are returned to the Autos Optimization screen.
4. In the Autos Optimization screen, use the Autos sliders or the arrows to increase (
) or decrease ( ) the values. For more information, see the section on
optimizing the Autos performance.
5. The preset changes to a customized or temporary state (as indicated by the * next to
the preset name and the italicized text).
6. Tap Apply to save the preset in its customized state.
Note – All changes will be discarded if you select the original unmodified preset or a
different preset. To save the customized preset permanently, tap Save As. See Save an
edited preset with a new name.

Edit a preset

Note – If you try to switch to another preset while editing, the Discard All Changes? confirmation
message appears. Any unsaved changes you made will be lost if you tap Yes.

1. In the Autos Optimization screen, select and apply a preset.


2. Use the Autos sliders or the arrows to increase ( ) or decrease ( ) any of the
values.
Any edit you make to a preset puts it into a customized and temporary state (as
indicated by the * next to the preset name and the italicized text) .
3. To save the changes, tap Save As. The Save Preset As screen opens.
4. Turn on the Replace Existing slider. It will auto populate the Preset Name field with
the name of the active preset. Tap Apply. You are returned to the Autos Optimization
screen. The Preset Overwritten notification message appears.

TIP - To save the customized preset with a new name, see Save an edited preset
with a new name.

Save an edited preset with a new name


Any active preset that is in a customized and temporary state (as indicated by the * next to
the preset name and the italicized text) can be permanently saved as a new preset with a
different name.

1. In the Autos Optimization screen, tap Save As. The Save Preset As screen opens.
2. Tap inside the Preset Name field and enter a descriptive name for the preset.

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 222


Appendix: B Using Autos on other machine models

3. Tap Apply. You are returned to the Autos Optimization screen. The Preset Saved
Successfully notification message appears.

TIP - If you turn on the Replace Existing slider, it will auto populate the Preset
Name field with the name of the active preset. Tap Apply. You are returned to the
Autos Optimization screen. The Preset Overwritten notification message appears.

Delete a preset
Note – You cannot delete the Default preset.

1. In the Autos Optimization screen, select a preset and tap the delete icon ( ) on the
right-hand side of the preset.
2. A Delete confirmation message appears.
3. Tap Yes to confirm the deletion.

B.12.2 Optimize the Depth and Tilt Autos performance


Note – Check that your technician has calibrated Autos before you try to adjust the values in the
Autos Optimization screen.

You may need to adjust the Autos Optimization settings when, for example, you work with a
different type of material (such as sand, dirt, or gravel).

Adjusting the settings in the Autos Optimization screen may improve the performance of
Autos. For example, if the boom is overshooting above the target design grade when you
pull in the stick, you can decrease the Boom Raise speed.

Autos performance is dependent on the speed that you pull in the stick. Experiment with
different speeds to find the optimum for your machine and combination of attachment and
material. For example:
l A slower or faster speed may produce a better result.
l A smooth take off speed helps.
l Do not vary the speed while optimizing the sliders.
1. Select High Power mode and turn the throttle up to maximum revs.
2. Using Depth and Tilt Autos, make a test pass in the material you are working, so that
you can judge the current performance of Autos.
a. Place the attachment on grade at near full reach.
b. Engage Autos.
c. Watch how quickly or slowly the attachment moves to the on-grade position.

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 223


Appendix: B Using Autos on other machine models

Note – The behavior of Autos when the attachment is not loaded with the same material
you will work with does not provide enough information to adjust the values in the Autos
Optimization screen. Always use this information in conjunction with the results of a test
pass.
3. To make any changes, in the Autos Optimization screen, select the appropriate type
from the Optimize drop-down list.
4. Move the slider(s) to increase or decrease the values for the following:

TIP – The apex is where the boom changes from raising to lowering during a
pass.

1 Full reach to apex 2 Apex 3 Apex to fully crowded

Type Option Description


Attack Angle Attack Angle If required, move the Attack Angle
slider to change the angle of the
bottom of the attachment to the
design surface.
Zero is parallel, a negative value will
lower the back of the attachment and a
positive value will raise the back of the
attachment.
Rake Rake In Before Apex If the finished surface is below grade
when you perform a Rake In pass from
full reach to the apex, increase this
value.

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 224


Appendix: B Using Autos on other machine models

Type Option Description


Rake In After Apex If the finished surface is below grade
when you perform a Rake In pass from
apex to fully crowded, increase this
value.
Rake Out Before Apex If the finished surface is below grade
when you perform a Rake Out pass
from fully crowded to the apex,
increase this value.
Rake Out After Apex If the finished surface is below grade
when you perform a Rake Out pass
from the apex to full reach, increase
this value.
Flat Flat Attachment In If the finished surface is below grade
Attachment In (Boom) Before Apex when you perform a Flat Attachment In
pass from full reach to the apex,
increase this value. This will control the
boom raise and lower commands.
Flat Attachment In If the finished surface is below grade
(Boom) After Apex when you perform a Flat Attachment In
pass from the apex to fully crowded,
increase this value. This will control the
boom raise and lower commands.
Flat Attachment In If the attachment changes angle too
(Attachment) Before slowly and does not keep flat on grade
Apex when you perform a Flat Attachment In
pass from full reach to the apex,
increase this value.
Flat Attachment In If the attachment changes angle too
(Attachment) After slowly and does not keep flat on grade
Apex when you perform a Flat Attachment In
pass from the apex to fully crowded,
increase this value.
Flat Flat Attachment Out If the finished surface is below grade
Attachment (Boom) Before Apex when you perform a Flat Attachment
Out Out pass from fully crowded to the
apex, increase this value. This will
control the boom raise and lower
commands.

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 225


Appendix: B Using Autos on other machine models

Type Option Description


Flat Attachment Out If the attachment changes angle too
(Boom) After Apex slowly and does not keep flat on grade
when you perform a Flat Attachment
Out pass from the apex to full reach,
increase this value. This will control the
boom raise and lower commands.
Flat Attachment Out If the attachment changes angle too
(Attachment) Before slowly and does not keep flat on grade
Apex when you perform a Flat Attachment
Out pass from fully crowded to the
apex, increase this value.
Flat Attachment Out If the attachment changes angle too
(Attachment) After slowly and does not keep flat on grade
Apex when you perform a Flat Attachment
Out pass from the apex to full reach,
increase this value.
Boom Raise Speed Looking at the surface from full reach
to the apex, use Boom Raise Speed to
make the attachment cut to grade. If
the finished surface is consistently
below grade, increase this value.
Raise Response If the boom is slow to rise, then
increase this value.
Lower Speed Looking at the surface from the apex
to fully crowded, use Boom Lower
Speed to make the attachment cut to
grade. If the finished surface is
consistently above grade, increase this
value.
Lower Response If the boom is slow to lower, then
increase this value.
Take Off Speed If the boom is not driving to grade
within the first 0.5 m/1.5 ft after the
stick is pulled, increase this value.
Decreasing this value may reduce
oscillations at the very beginning of the
pass.

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 226


Appendix: B Using Autos on other machine models

Type Option Description


Joystick Joystick Response If both the boom and attachment are
Speed slow to respond to stick movement,
increase this value. Decreasing this
value may reduce oscillations at the
very beginning of the pass and
oscillations observed when the stick
movement is slow.
Attachment Dump Speed If the attachment is slow to dump for
the full duration of the pass, increase
this value.
Dump Response If the attachment is slow to dump, then
increase this value.
Curl Speed If the attachment is slow to curl for the
full duration of the pass, increase this
value.
Curl Response If the attachment is slow to curl, then
increase this value.
Tilt Speed If the attachment is slow to tilt,
increase this value.
Tilt Sensitivity If the automatic tilt adjustment is
erratic or jerky, decrease this value.

5. Tap Apply.
6. Make another test pass and compare the results. Repeat the process, if necessary,
until you get the results you desire.
You may need to enlist the help of your technician for further fine tuning and a
precise check of the machine measure-up.

B.13 Best Practices When Using Depth Autos on Cat NGH


mini/micro machines
Observe the following best practices to obtain optimal results when using Depth Autos.

Note – Use Autos with a bucket, do not use it with any other type of attachment.

Note – For machines with a two-piece boom, do not move the upper boom while in Autos mode.

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 227


Appendix: B Using Autos on other machine models

WARNING — Do not leave the cab when Depth Autos is engaged. When Depth
Autos is engaged, the system will control movement of the boom and attachment.
These movements could cause injury to anyone near the attachment, or damage
to the machine. Always put the attachment on the ground and engage the
hydraulic lockout before you leave the machine.
Do not use Depth Autos if the ground conditions are unstable. Only use Depth
Autos to grade a finish surface. Disarm Depth Autos when you perform other
applications, such as lifting.

TIP – When using Autos features, avoid connecting the Operator app device to the
system via Wi-Fi. Ensure that you use a wired connection.

B.13.1 Prepare the machine


Procedures that your technician or installer should perform before you use Depth Autos:
l Check that the machine is in good operating condition.
l Check that none of the connecting pins (boom, stick, attachment and cylinders) have
excessive wear. If the machine is loose, the system cannot produce optimal results.
l Check that the measure-up and calibration of the machine is accurate. The surface
you build cannot be better than the accuracy of these measurements and
calibrations.
l Check that a valve calibration has been performed.

B.13.2 Best practices for operating excavators


Depth Autos performs best when grading a finish surface.

CAUTION — Avoid installing the remote switch on a Cat NGH mini/micro excavator
with the factory standard joysticks. The weight of the module can cause the joystick
to tip, which can lead to unintended machine movement.

Procedures to perform every time you use Depth Autos


l Position the machine on solid, stable ground to prevent rocking.
Rocking will negatively affect the performance of Depth Autos. It is important that
both excavator tracks are firmly planted on stable ground. It is not essential that the
ground is flat (a sloping surface is okay).
Note – If you do not have a tilt bucket, the machine will need to sit on a surface that is close
to the cross slope on the target surface. The roll of the excavator (slope of the machine
measured from one track to the opposite track) will determine the cross slope of the finish
surface.

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 228


Appendix: B Using Autos on other machine models

TIP – If the attachment becomes unstable due to machine rocking, stop and
wait until the attachment becomes stable before you try again. If the problem
persists, prepare the ground that the machine tracks will sit on. Both tracks
should sit on stable ground.

l Make sure the machine’s hydraulic oil reaches its normal operating temperature
(55°C/130°F ).
l Select High Power mode and turn the throttle up to maximum revs.
The hydraulic pump should always have maximum power available to it, so the
hydraulic system can respond to automatic commands as quickly as possible.
Note – It is okay to use the auto idle function on your machine.

TIP – When starting the machine, make sure that it hasn't defaulted to another
mode such as Economic or Standard Power mode. Some machines will default
to a mode other than High Power when they are started.

l Position the attachment within the control range.

TIP – Use the lightbars, cut/fills and buzzer to guide the attachment.

l If applicable, make sure the following features are disabled before you use Depth
Autos:
Crane/heavy lift mode
Smart boom

Procedures to perform every time you change the attachment


l Check that a precise measure-up has been done for the attachment.
If you have an Operator Plus account you can create and edit attachments via
the Advanced button on the Edit Attachment screen.
If you have an Operator account and it is a new attachment, your technician or
dealer must enter the measure-up in the Web Interface before you can select it
in the Attachments screen.
l Check the performance of Depth Autos every time you change from one attachment
to another, especially if you are going from a large heavy attachment to a smaller one
or vice-versa.
If necessary, adjust the sliders for the boom and/or attachment in the Autos
Optimization screen. This can optimize Autos performance.

Procedures to perform, as required


l Update the cutting edge length to account for the wear of the attachment. If
required, update the value in the Edit Attachment screen, accessed via the Edit

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 229


Appendix: B Using Autos on other machine models

button on the Attachments screen.


If the cutting edge has worn unevenly, use an average value. However, guidance will
never be better than the range of differences in wear.
Note – The frequency at which you need to check the cutting edge length depends on
factors such as the type of material you work with and the durability of the cutting edge.
l You can improve the performance of Depth Autos by adjusting the values in the
Autos Optimization screen. For example, if the attachment is slow to curl for the full
duration of the pass, increase the Attachment Curl Speed.
Another example of when you might need to adjust the Autos Optimization values is
when material conditions change.

Operating practices that can improve performance


l To improve grading performance when material conditions change, adjust the
velocity of the stick movement, especially when you first initiate Depth Autos.
If you use the attachment in a flat position on hard clay, you can initiate the stick lever
quickly.

If you use the attachment in the raking position in loose gravel, initiate the stick lever
slowly.

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 230


Appendix: B Using Autos on other machine models

l Decrease the stick velocity when you reach and pass through the apex of the stick
(when the boom changes from rising to lowering) or at transitions of slopes.
l If you use the attachment in a flat position when the cutting edge transitions from a
sloping to flat design, Depth Autos is often not quick enough to raise the boom and
dump the attachment, while also keeping the attachment locked to the design plane.
As a result the attachment can unsnap from the design, as shown below.

To avoid this, either grade through the transition with the attachment in the raking
position or pass through the transition with a flat attachment and then re-position
the attachment to grade the flat section, as shown below.

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 231


Appendix: B Using Autos on other machine models

l To achieve the best results, leave the surface a little high before you make the final
pass. The attachment is more stable while it is resting on material versus in the air.
l Have the attachment flat against the design surface for the final pass.
Making a pass in loose material while the attachment is in the rake position will allow
material to fall between the teeth. This results in the surface being a little high. For
best accuracy, make the final pass with the attachment flat against the design
surface.
l To avoid under or over-cutting at the start of a flat attachment pass, allow the
attachment to snap to design slope before increasing stick velocity.
l It is best to manually reach design grade with the attachment and then engage Depth
Autos while you slowly pull in the stick. The boom transition into Autos is smoother
while the stick is in motion versus no motion.
Avoid engaging Depth Autos while there is no stick motion and the stick is fully
extended with the attachment in the rake position. If you do need to start a pass in
this position, move the stick slowly to prevent cutting below the target surface.
l When making a pass that will result in full stick cylinder extension, release the depth
auto switch just prior to reaching full cylinder extent. This will allow smoother
operation and avoid unwanted boom reaction when stalling the stick in Depth Autos.
l The attachment attack angle that will provide optimal grading performance in most
applications is to align the cutting edge with the design surface.

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 232


Appendix: B Using Autos on other machine models

If the attachment attack angle is not aggressive enough, it will ride on the bottom of
the attachment and will not allow the cutting edge to reach design. This will result in a
system that will continually cut high and not get down to grade.

If the attachment attack angle is too aggressive, it will cut into the design when it
encounters a load.

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 233


Appendix: B Using Autos on other machine models

TIP – You may need to use this aggressive angle when you work with very hard
material.

l In the Autos Optimization screen you can also move the Attachment Attack Angle
slider to change the angle of the bottom of the attachment to the design surface.
Zero is parallel, a negative value will lower the back of the attachment and a positive
value will raise the back of the attachment

B.14 Best Practices When Using Tilt Autos on Cat NGH


mini/micro machines
Observe the following best practices to obtain optimal results when using Tilt Autos.

WARNING — When Tilt Autos is engaged, the system will control movement of the
attachment tilt. These movements could cause injury to anyone near the
attachment, or damage to the machine. Always put the attachment on the ground
and engage the hydraulic lockout before you leave the machine.
Do not use Tilt Autos when somebody is working near the attachment or if the
ground conditions are unstable. Only use Tilt Autos to grade a finish surface.
Disarm Tilt Autos when you perform other applications, such as lifting.

TIP – When using Autos features, avoid connecting the Operator app device to the
system via Wi-Fi. Ensure that you use a wired connection.

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 234


Appendix: B Using Autos on other machine models

B.14.1 Prepare the machine


Before you use Tilt Autos, your technician or installer should check that:
l The machine is in good operating condition.
l None of the connecting pins (boom, stick, attachment and cylinders) have excessive
wear. If the machine is loose, the system cannot produce optimal results.
l The measure-up and calibration of the machine is accurate. The surface you build
cannot be better than the accuracy of these measurements and calibrations.
l A valve calibration has been performed.

B.14.2 Best practices for operating excavators


Tilt Autos performs best when grading a finish surface.

After the valve is calibrated, avoid changing settings on the tiltrotator controller. This may
affect performance and require the valve to be recalibrated.

CAUTION — Avoid installing the remote switch on a Cat NGH mini/micro excavator
with the factory standard joysticks. The weight of the module can cause the joystick
to tip, which can lead to unintended machine movement.

Procedures to perform every time you use Tilt Autos


l Position the machine on solid, stable ground to prevent rocking.
Rocking negatively affects the performance of Tilt Autos. It is important that both
excavator tracks are firmly planted on stable ground. It is not essential that the
ground is flat (a sloping surface is okay).

TIP – If the attachment becomes unstable due to machine rocking, stop and
wait until the attachment becomes stable before you try again. If the problem
persists, prepare the ground that the machine tracks will sit on. Both tracks
should sit on stable ground.

l Make sure the machine’s hydraulic oil reaches its normal operating temperature
(55°C/130°F).
l Turn the throttle up to maximum revs.
l Position the attachment within the control range.

TIP – Use the lightbars, cut/fills and buzzer to guide the attachment.

l If applicable, make sure the following features are disabled before you use Tilt Autos:
Crane/heavy lift mode
Smart boom

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 235


Appendix: B Using Autos on other machine models

l If you are using a non-integrated tiltrotator, enable the Auto function on the
tiltrotator controller before you try to engage Tilt Autos.

Procedures to perform every time you change the attachment


l Check that a precise measure-up has been done for the attachment.
If you have an Operator Plus account you can create and edit attachments via
the Advanced button on the Edit Attachment screen.
If you have an Operator account and it is a new attachment, your technician or
dealer must enter the measure-up in the Web Interface before you can select it
in the Attachments screen.
l Check the performance of Tilt Autos every time you change from one attachment to
another, especially if you are going from a large heavy attachment to a smaller one or
vice-versa.
If necessary, adjust the Tilt Speed slider in the Autos Optimization screen. This may
optimize the performance of Tilt Autos.

Procedures to perform, as required


l Update the cutting edge length to account for the wear of the attachment. If
required, update the value in the Edit Attachment screen.
If the cutting edge has worn unevenly, use an average value. However, guidance is
never better than the range of differences in wear.
Note – The frequency at which you need to check the cutting edge length depends on
factors such as the type of material you work with and the durability of the cutting edge.
l If necessary, adjust the Tilt Speed slider in the Autos Optimization screen. This may
optimize the performance of Tilt Autos.
An example of when you might need to adjust this value is when material conditions
change.

Operating practices that can improve performance


l Minimize slew on steep slopes when you press and hold the Grade Enable switch. A
small horizontal change can make a large vertical difference.
l To improve grading performance when material conditions change, adjust the
velocity of the boom and/or stick movement, especially when you first initiate Tilt
Autos.
l To achieve the best results, leave the surface a little high before you make the final
pass. The attachment is more stable while it is resting on material versus in the air.
l To avoid under or over-cutting at the start of a pass, allow the attachment to snap to
design slope before increasing stick velocity.
l When approaching changes in design grade, it is best to reduce stick speed and align
the bucket tips to the design break-line.

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 236


Appendix: B Using Autos on other machine models

l It is best to avoid straddling changes in design grade by working along/across the


design changes and/or adjusting the vertical guidance point location (located in the
Work Setting > Attachments menu).
l Slow down the rotation speed if Tilt Autos is not staying on grade during rotation
movement, especially when it is in the rake position.
You can slow rotation speed manually or if it is an on-going problem, try changing the
tiltrotator rotation speed. After you have done this, re-tune the tilt speed in the Autos
Optimization screen.
l Tilt Autos can be engaged when the bucket is pointing towards the cab (0°) or away
from the cab (180°). If you use Tilt Autos only (not in combination with Depth Autos),
then Tilt Autos has an operational window of ±70° from either of these working
positions.
l Tilt Autos performs best when the tilt cylinders are perpendicular to the working
surface.
l On some design slopes, it may not be possible for Tilt Autos to reach grade within the
tilt cylinder extents. If this occurs, you may need to reposition the bucket and/or
machine.

TIP – When using an integrated tiltrotator, if the bucket tips do not drive to the
correct grade try performing a 360 degree revolution of the tiltrotator. This
executes an internal calibration that resolves the driving to grade issue.

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 237


Appendix

C
Using Tiltrotators on other machine
models
In this chapter:
Using Tiltrotators on Cat NGH mini/micro machines

This section describes the use of Tiltrotators on Cat NGH mini/micro machines.

Note – For other machines, see 7.1 Using Tiltrotators.

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 238


Appendix: C Using Tiltrotators on other machine models

C.1 Using Tiltrotators on Cat NGH mini/micro machines


A tilting rotating coupler (tiltrotator) enables you to:
l Rotate the attachment to any angle.
l Tilt the attachment up to 40° from a normal fixed-attachment position, at any
rotation angle.

In the display's layout views, the appearance of a tiltrotator attachment is different to that of
a standard attachment.

Note – When using an integrated tiltrotator, the tilt bucket angle values on this system and the
Cat monitor may show a slight difference in values. This is because the data is coming from
different sensors.

TIP – When using Autos features, avoid connecting the Operator app device to the
system via Wi-Fi. Ensure that you use a wired connection.

C.1.1 Plan view


For the plan view, the perspective does not change when the attachment rotates.

l The attachment (1)rotates independent of the machine heading.


l The cross section line (2)rotates with the attachment. It is parallel to the cutting
edge.
l The profile line (3)rotates with the attachment. It is perpendicular to the cutting
edge.

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 239


Appendix: C Using Tiltrotators on other machine models

C.1.2 Cross section view

l The cross section view is aligned to the attachment heading (perpendicular to the
cutting edge) and rotates with the attachment (1)
l The cross section line (2)runs along the design surface underneath the cutting edge
and rotates with the attachment (1).

Note – In the Overlays screen if you turn on visibility of the machine, it will not apply to this view
as the machine could block the view of the attachment while it is rotating.

C.1.3 Profile view

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 240


Appendix: C Using Tiltrotators on other machine models

l The profile view is aligned perpendicular to the attachment heading and rotates with
the attachment (1).
l The profile line (2)runs along the design surface underneath the focus point, in the
direction of the attachment heading.

Note – In the Overlays screen if you turn on visibility of the machine, it will not apply to this view
as the machine could block the view of the attachment while it is rotating.

C.1.4 3D view
For the 3D view, the perspective does not change when the attachment rotates. The profile
and cross section lines rotate with the attachment.

l The attachment (1)rotates independently of the machine heading.


l The cross section line (2)runs along the design surface underneath the cutting edge
and rotates with the attachment (1).
l The profile line (3)runs along the design surface underneath the focus point, in the
direction of the attachment heading.

C.1.5 Useful text items


Text items display information on the work screen. When you use a tiltrotator the following
text item is available: Attachment Rotation.

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 241


Appendix

D
Legal and Regulatory
In this chapter:
END USER LICENSE AGREEMENT
Copyright Information
Compliance notices
Safety information

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 242


Appendix: D Legal and Regulatory

D.1 END USER LICENSE AGREEMENT


IMPORTANT, READ CAREFULLY. THIS END USER LICENSE AGREEMENT ("AGREEMENT") IS A
LEGAL AGREEMENT BETWEEN YOU AND TRIMBLE INC. (“Trimble”) and applies to the
computer software provided by Trimble with Earthworks (the “Product”) purchased by you
(whether built into hardware circuitry as firmware, embedded in flash memory or a PCMCIA
card, or stored on magnetic or other media), or provided as a stand-alone computer
software product, and includes any accompanying printed materials and any "online" or
electronic documentation ("Software"). The Software also includes any software, (including,
without limitation, upgrades and updates) relating to the Product that is furnished by
Trimble or its dealers (including, without limitation, Trimble software downloaded from
Trimble’s or its dealers’ website(s)) unless accompanied by different license terms and
conditions that will govern its use. BY CLICKING “YES” OR “I ACCEPT” IN THE ACCEPTANCE
BOX, OR BY INSTALLING, COPYING OR OTHERWISE USING THE SOFTWARE, YOU AGREE TO
BE BOUND BY THE TERMS OF THIS AGREEMENT. IF YOU ARE ENTERING INTO THIS
AGREEMENT ON BEHALF OF A COMPANY OR OTHER LEGAL ENTITY, YOU REPRESENT THAT
YOU ARE AUTHORIZED TO BIND THAT COMPANY OR LEGAL ENTITY TO THIS AGREEMENT.
IF YOU DO NOT HAVE SUCH AUTHORITY OR ARE UNWILLING OR UNABLE TO BE BOUND BY
THIS AGREEMENT, DO NOT CLICK “I ACCEPT” AND DO NOT ACCESS OR USE THE PRODUCT
OR SOFTWARE. IF YOU DO NOT AGREE TO THE TERMS OF THIS AGREEMENT, DO NOT USE
THE PRODUCT OR THE SOFTWARE. INSTEAD PROMPTLY RETURN THE UNUSED PRODUCT
OR SOFTWARE TO THE PLACE FROM WHICH YOU OBTAINED THEM FOR A FULL REFUND.
This Software is protected by copyright laws and international copyright treaties, as well as
other intellectual property laws and treaties. The software is licensed, not sold.

1 SOFTWARE PRODUCT LICENSE

1.1 – License Grant. Subject to this Agreement, Trimble grants you a limited, non-exclusive,
non-sublicensable right to use one (1) copy of the Software in a machine-readable form on
the Product. Such use is limited to use with the Product for which it was intended and into
which it was embedded. You may use the installation Software from a computer solely to
download the Software to one Product. In no event shall the installation Software be used
to download the Software onto more than one Product without securing a separate license.
A license for the Software may not be shared or used concurrently on different computers
or Products.

1.2 - Other Rights and Limitations.

(1) You may not copy, modify, make derivative works of, rent, lease, sell, distribute or
transfer the Software, in whole or in part, except as otherwise expressly authorized under
this Agreement, and you agree to use all commercially reasonable efforts to prevent its
unauthorized use and disclosure.

(2) The Software contains valuable trade secrets proprietary to Trimble and its licensors. To
the extent permitted by relevant law, you shall not, nor allow any third party to copy,
decompile, disassemble or otherwise reverse engineer the Software, or attempt to do so,

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 243


Appendix: D Legal and Regulatory

provided, however, that to the extent any applicable mandatory laws (such as, for example,
national laws implementing EC Directive 91/250 on the Legal Protection of Computer
Programs) give you the right to perform any of the aforementioned activities without
Trimble's consent in order to gain certain information about the Software for purposes
specified in the respective statutes (i.e., interoperability), you hereby agree that, before
exercising any such rights, you shall first request such information from Trimble in writing
detailing the purpose for which you need the information. Only if and after Trimble, at its
sole discretion, partly or completely denies your request, may you exercise such statutory
rights.

(3) This Software is licensed as a single product. You may not separate its component parts
for use on more than one Product.

(4) You may not rent, lease, or lend, the Software separate from the Product for which it was
intended.

(5) No service bureau work, multiple-user license or time-sharing arrangement is permitted.


For purposes of this Agreement "service bureau work" shall be deemed to include, without
limitation, use of the Software to process or to generate output data for the benefit of, or
for purposes of rendering services to any third party over the Internet or other
communications network.

(6) You may permanently transfer all of your rights under this Agreement only as part of a
permanent sale or transfer of the Product for which it was intended, provided you retain no
copies, you transfer all of the Software (including all component parts, the media and
printed materials, any upgrades, and this Agreement) and the recipient agrees to the terms
of this Agreement, if the Software portion is an upgrade, any transfer must include all prior
versions of the Software.

(7) You acknowledge that the Software and underlying technology may be subject to the
export administration regulations of the United States Government relating to the export of
technical data and products. This Agreement is subject to, and you agree to comply with,
any laws, regulations, orders or other restrictions on the export of the Software from the
United States which may be imposed by the United States Government or agencies
thereof.

(8) At the request of Trimble, you agree to cooperate with Trimble to track the number of
Products using Software at your site(s) to ensure compliance with the license grant and
installation restrictions in this Agreement.

(9) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, any Open Source Software
that may be included as a part of the software package shall not constitute a portion of the
Software as defined in this Agreement and is not licensed under the terms of this
Agreement, but instead is subject to the terms of the applicable Open Source Software
license. If required, Trimble has provided the license or notice statement for the applicable
Open Source Software and such license or notice statement is accessible through the user
interface for the Product. Unless otherwise required pursuant to the terms of an Open
Source Software license, Trimble grants you no right to receive source code to the Open

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 244


Appendix: D Legal and Regulatory

Source Software; however, in some cases rights and access to source code may be
available to you directly from the licensors. If you are entitled to receive the source code
from Trimble for any Open Source Software included with the software package, you may
obtain the source code at no charge by written request to Trimble at 5475 Kellenburger
Rd., Dayton, Ohio 45424 USA, Attn: Earthworks Products Manager. You must agree to the
terms of the applicable Open Source Software license, or you may not use the subject
Open Source Software.

For purposes of this Agreement, “Open Source Software” means those software programs
or libraries that are identified in the software documentation, read me and/or about files as
being subject to any open source software license, and all modifications, derivative works
and executables based on or derived from such software programs or libraries, if such
modifications, derivative works and/or executables are also subject to the applicable open
source software license by its terms.

(10) Use of both the Product and Software is subject to the terms of user manuals, technical
manuals and any other materials provided by Trimble, or their licensors and/or suppliers, in
printed, electronic or other form, that describe the installation, operation, use or technical
specifications of the Product and/or Software (the “Documentation”). Without limiting the
generality of the foregoing, the Documentation shall include the installation manual (a copy
of which is viewable at [https://community.trimble.com/community/partners/cec]). The
Documentation and the terms in it are hereby incorporated into this Agreement by
reference. By installing and/or using the Product or Software, you hereby certify that you
have reviewed the Documentation, have received the necessary notice of the terms
contained in it, and agree to be bound by it.

1.3 – Termination. You may terminate this Agreement by ceasing all use of the Software.
Without prejudice as to any other rights, Trimble may terminate this Agreement without
notice if you fail to comply with the terms and conditions of this Agreement. In either event,
you must destroy all copies of the Software and all of its component parts, and provide an
affidavit to Trimble stating that you have done the same.

1.4 – Copyright. All title and copyrights in and to the Software (including but not limited to
any images, photographs, animations, video, audio, music, and text incorporated into the
Software), the accompanying printed materials, and any copies of the Software are owned
by Trimble and its licensors. You shall not remove, cover or alter any of Trimble's patent,
copyright or trademark notices placed upon, embedded in or displayed by the Software or
on its packaging and related materials. You may, however, either (1) make one copy of the
Software solely for backup or archival purposes, or (2) install the Software on a single
computer provided you keep the original solely for backup or archival purposes. You may
not copy the accompanying printed materials.

1.5 – U.S. Government Restricted Rights. Use, duplication, or disclosure by the United
States Government is subject to restrictions as set forth in this Agreement, and as provided
in DFARS 227.7202-l(a) and 227.7202-3(a) (1995), DFARS 252.227-7013(c)(1)(ii) (OCT 1988),
FAR 12.212(a) (1995), FAR 52.227-19, or FAR 52.227-14(alt III), as applicable.

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 245


Appendix: D Legal and Regulatory

2 LIMITED WARRANTY

2.1 - Limited Warranty. Trimble warrants that the Software will perform substantially in
accordance with the accompanying written materials for a period of one (1) year from the
date of receipt. This limited warranty gives you specific legal rights, you may have others,
which vary from state/jurisdiction to state/jurisdiction.

2.2 - Customer Remedies. Trimble 's and its licensors’ entire liability, and your sole remedy,
with respect to the Software shall be either, at Trimble 's option, (a) repair or replacement of
the Software, or (b) return of the license fee paid for any Software that does not meet
Trimble 's limited warranty. This limited warranty is void if failure of the Software has
resulted from (1) accident, abuse, or misapplication; (2) alteration or modification of the
Software without Trimble’s prior written authorization; (3) interaction with software or
hardware not supplied by Trimble; (4) improper, inadequate or unauthorized installation,
maintenance, or storage of the Software or Product; or (5) if you violate the terms of this
Agreement. Any replacement Software will be warranted for the remainder of the original
warranty period or thirty (30) days, whichever is longer.

2.3 – NO OTHER WARRANTIES. TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW,


TRIMBLE AND ITS LICENSORS DISCLAIM ALL OTHER WARRANTIES AND CONDITIONS,
EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO, IMPLIED WARRANTIES
AND CONDITIONS OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE,
TITLE, AND NONINFRINGEMENT WITH REGARD TO THE SOFTWARE AND THE PROVISION
OF OR FAILURE TO PROVIDE SUPPORT SERVICES. THE ABOVE LIMITED WARRANTY DOES
NOT APPLY TO ERROR CORRECTIONS, UPDATES OR UPGRADES OF THE SOFTWARE AFTER
EXPIRATION OF THE LIMITED WARRANTY PERIOD, WHICH ARE PROVIDED “AS IS” AND
WITHOUT WARRANTY. BECAUSE THE SOFTWARE IS INHERENTLY COMPLEX AND MAY NOT
BE COMPLETELY FREE OF NONCONFORMITIES, DEFECTS OR ERRORS, YOU ARE ADVISED
TO VERIFY YOUR WORK. TRIMBLE DOES NOT WARRANT THE RESULTS OBTAINED
THROUGH USE OF THE SOFTWARE, OR THAT THE SOFTWARE WILL OPERATE ERROR FREE
OR UNINTERRUPTED, WILL MEET YOUR NEEDS OR EXPECTATIONS, OR THAT ALL
NONCONFORMITIES CAN OR WILL BE CORRECTED. TO THE EXTENT ALLOWED BY
APPLICABLE LAW, IMPLIED WARRANTIES AND CONDITIONS ON THE SOFTWARE ARE
LIMITED TO ONE (1) YEAR. YOU MAY HAVE OTHER LEGAL RIGHTS WHICH VARY FROM
STATE/JURISDICTION TO STATE/JURISDICTION.

2.4 – LIMITATION OF LIABILITY. TRIMBLE'S ENTIRE LIABILITY UNDER ANY PROVISION OF


THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE LIMITED TO THE GREATER OF THE AMOUNT PAID BY YOU FOR
THE SOFTWARE LICENSE OR U.S. $25.00. TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY
APPLICABLE LAW, IN NO EVENT SHALL TRIMBLE OR ITS LICENSORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY
SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WHATSOEVER
(INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF BUSINESS PROFITS,
BUSINESS INTERRUPTION, LOSS OF BUSINESS INFORMATION, OR ANY OTHER PECUNIARY
LOSS) ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE SOFTWARE, OR THE PROVISION
OF OR FAILURE TO PROVIDE SUPPORT SERVICES, EVEN IF TRIMBLE HAS BEEN ADVISED OF
THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. BECAUSE SOME STATES AND JURISDICTIONS DO

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 246


Appendix: D Legal and Regulatory

NOT ALLOW THE EXCLUSION OR LIMITATION OF LIABILITY FOR CONSEQUENTIAL OR


INCIDENTAL DAMAGES, THE ABOVE LIMITATION MAY NOT APPLY TO YOU. THE
LIMITATIONS SET FORTH IN SECTION 2.4 SHALL APPLY EVEN IF THE LICENSEE'S REMEDIES
UNDER THIS AGREEMENT FAIL OF THEIR ESSENTIAL PURPOSE

3 INFORMATION PROVIDED BY YOU FOR ‘CONNECTED’ FEATURES

The Software is designed to enable certain connected features, such as virtual reference
station (“VRS”) and Internet base station service (“IBSS”) corrections, file sync (for design
files, user preferences, Product firmware updates, etc.), 3D productivity services, and
connected site services provided by others (“Connected Services”). Please refer to the
Software documentation for additional information about Connected Services supported
by the Software. You must separately obtain the right to access and use Connected
Services, e.g., by maintaining a current subscription for the relevant services. To enable
Connected Services, the Software may collect and/or receive data and information (the
“Connected Information”) relating to your Product and the equipment on which your
Product is installed (your “Equipment”), including without limitation:
l Geolocation and 3D position
l Status (including configuration and operation)
l Equipment progress and activity
l VRS and IBSS correction information
l File sync and GNSS data
l Operator Key

The Connected Information may be transferred to your Connected Services providers


through the networking and telematics systems installed on your Equipment (whether
utilizing cellular, satellite, local area networks, ethernet or other similar systems, the
“Telematics System”) or manual file transfer (e.g., USB). The actual Connected Information
collected and received will vary based on, among other things, the configuration of your
Product and Equipment (including your Telematics Systems) and the related Connected
Services that you separately elect to access and use. Please carefully review any
agreements and documentation relating to such Connected Services to understand how
the Connected Service provider may store and use the Connected Information.

In addition, Trimble or its affiliated companies may collect, store and receive data and
information (“User Information”) relating to your use of the Software, Product and
Equipment, including without limitation:
l Device/Company Identity Data includes machine ID, machine sensor configuration,
and software configuration
l Location includes Global Navigation Satellite System and beacon-based location
l Analytics Data includes Software versions, display model, stack trace system
configuration, current design, features in use, time in each screen, button pushes,
and Software bug and crash reports.

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 247


Appendix: D Legal and Regulatory

The actual User Information collected and received will vary based on, among other things,
the configuration of your Product and Equipment and the related product(s) that you
separately elect to access and use. You acknowledge and agree that Trimble or its affiliated
companies may, directly or indirectly through the services of third parties, use User
Information for its internal business purposes, including but not limited to: (i) making the
Software and Products available and providing services to you; (ii) improving the
performance of the Software and Products, researching and developing updates and other
products and services, and analyzing adoption and usage of the Software and Products;
and (iii) verifying your compliance with the terms of this Agreement and enforcing Trimble’s
rights, including all intellectual property rights in and to the Software and the Product(s). In
order to provide you with the full range of benefits made possible by the Product(s) and our
services, and in connection with the uses described above, Trimble may share the User
Information with its affiliated companies. The affiliated companies may use the User
Information for their own internal purposes in a manner consistent with the uses described
above. Trimble and its affiliated companies may also disclose User Information if we have a
good faith belief that (1) the disclosure is necessary or useful to our provision of services; (2)
the disclosure is necessary to protect our rights, interests, or property; (3) the disclosure is
necessary or useful to protect your safety or the safety of others, to investigate fraud, or to
respond to a government request; (4) the disclosure is required by law, such as to comply
with a subpoena, search warrant, court order, or similar legal or administrative process; or
(5) Trimble or its affiliated company is or will be purchased or otherwise acquired, in which
User Information will likely be among the assets transferred. Trimble and its affiliated
companies and third parties acting on Trimble’s or its affiliate’s behalf may analyze User
Information to analyze and create performance metrics, collect and evaluate other
information relating to the Software and Product(s), and track anonymized and technical
information to improve the Software and Product(s) (“Machine Performance Data”). Any
information Trimble or its affiliated companies track in this manner is anonymous and
limited to usage and volume statistics. Trimble and its affiliated companies may make the
Machine Performance Data commercially available to third parties to the extent that it is
aggregated or otherwise de-identified so that it cannot be used to identify you. By accepting
this Agreement, you acknowledge and agree to the collection and use of the Connected
Information, User Information and Machine Performance Data as provided above.

The Software may also automatically provide Software bug and crash reports via your
Equipment’s Telematics Systems to Trimble or its vendors for purposes of maintaining,
supporting, or improving the Software.

You may incur additional charges for the transfer of Connected Information, User
Information and Machine Performance Data, or Software bug and crash reports by your
telecommunications service providers or your Connected Services providers, as applicable.

4 GENERAL

4.1 – This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of California and applicable
United States Federal law without reference to “conflict of laws” principles or provisions.
The United Nations Convention on Contracts for the International Sale of Goods will not

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 248


Appendix: D Legal and Regulatory

apply to this Agreement. Jurisdiction and venue of any dispute or court action arising from
or related to this Agreement or the Software shall lie exclusively in or be transferred to the
courts located in Santa Clara County, California, and/or the United States District Courts for
California. You hereby consent and agree not to contest, such jurisdiction, venue and
governing law.

4.2 - Notwithstanding Section 4.1, if you acquired the Product in Canada, this Agreement is
governed by the laws of the Province of Ontario, Canada. In such case each of the parties to
this Agreement irrevocably attorns to the jurisdiction of the courts of the Province of
Ontario and further agrees to commence any litigation that may arise under this
Agreement in the courts located in the Judicial District of York, Province of Ontario.

4.3 - Official Language. The official language of this Agreement and of any documents
relating thereto is English. For purposes of interpretation, or in the event of a conflict
between English and versions of this Agreement or related documents in any other
language, the English language version shall be controlling.

4.4 - Trimble reserves all rights not expressly granted by this Agreement.

© 2021, Trimble Inc. All Rights Reserved.

D.2 Copyright Information


Copyright© 2017, Trimble Inc. All rights reserved.

Trimble and the Globe & Triangle logo are trademarks of Trimble Inc., registered in the
United States and in other countries.

CMR and CMR+ are trademarks of Trimble Inc.

Android is a trademark of Google Inc.

Wi-Fi, WPA and WPA2 are trademarks of the Wi-Fi Alliance, registered in the United States
and other countries. Developed under a License of the European Union and the European
Space Agency.

The Bluetooth word mark and logos are owned by the Bluetooth SIG, Inc. and any use of
such marks by Trimble Inc. is under license.

D.3 Compliance notices

D.3.1 US FCC regulations


The following statement applies to these devices:
l EC520 electronic control module (FCC ID: K7T-WIFIHU2S and FCC ID: TLZ-NM230NF)
l TD520 display (FCC ID: TLZ-NM230NF)
l GS520 grade sensor

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 249


Appendix: D Legal and Regulatory

l AA510 audible alarm


l CI510 CAN interface

Note: This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class
B digital device, pursuant to part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to
provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This
equipment generates, uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and
used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio
communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a
particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or
television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the
user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following
measures:
l Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna.
l Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver.
l Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the
receiver is connected.
l Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help.

D.3.2 Canadian license-exempt RSS standards


The following statement applies to these devices:
l EC520 electronic control module (IC: 2377A- WIFIHU2S and IC: 6100A- NM230NF)
l TD520 display (IC: 6100A- NM230NF)
l GS520 grade sensor
l AA510 audible alarm
l CI510 CAN interface

CAN ICES-3 (B)/NMB-3(B)


This device complies with Industry Canada license-exempt RSS standard(s). Operation is
subject to the following two conditions:

1. This device may not cause interference, and;


2. This device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause
undesired operation of the device.

Cet appareil est conforme avec Industrie Canada RSS standard exempts de licence (s). Son
fonctionnement est soumis aux deux conditions suivantes:

1. Cet appareil ne peut pas provoquer d'interférences; et


2. Cet appareil doit accepter toute interférence, y compris les interférences pouvant
entraîner un mauvais fonctionnement de la appareil.

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 250


Appendix: D Legal and Regulatory

D.3.3 European Union CE compliance

The following statement applies to these devices:


l EC520 electronic control module
l TD520 display
l GS520 grade sensor
l AA510 audible alarm
l CI510 CAN interface
l VM510 valve module

These devices are compliant with the following Directives and standards
l Machinery 2006/42/EC
l RoHS 2015/863/EU
l ISO 13766:2006
l ISO 13309:2010

The EC520 electronic control module and the TD520 display are also compliant with the
following additional Directives and standards:
l Radio Equipment Directive 24/53/EU
l IETSI EN 300-328 V2.1.1
l ETSI EN 301-489-1 V2.1.0
l ETSI EN 301-489-17 V3.1.1

D.3.4 European Union recycling compliance

These products comply with the WEEE Directive 2012/19/EU. For recycling in Europe
call:

+31 479 53 24 30

To request instructions by writing:

Trimble Europe BV

C/O Menlo Worldwide Logistics

Meerheide 45

5521 CZ Eersel, NL

D.3.5 Australian and New Zealand AS/NZS 55022 compliance


AS/NZS 55022 compliance applies to these devices:

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 251


Appendix: D Legal and Regulatory

l EC520 electronic control module


l TD520 display
l GS520 grade sensor
l AA510 audible alarm
l CI510 CAN interface

D.3.6 Japan Radio Type Approval

Construction Design Certificates apply to these devices:


l EC520 electronic control module (208-160089, R - 201-16379 and T- D 160 253 201)
l TD520 display (R - 201-16379 and T- D 160 253 201)

D.3.7 RoHS Statement

This device conforms to RoHS (Reduction Of Hazardous Sub-stances)


European Union regulations that set maximum concentration limits on
hazardous materials used in electrical and electronic equipment.

CAUTION: RISK OF EXPLOSION IF BATTERY IS DISPOSED OF INCORRECTLY. DISPOSE OF THE


DEVICE AND THE BATTERY ACCORDING TO INSTRUCTIONS FOR ELECTRONIC WASTE.

D.3.8 Taiwan
低功率 電 波輻 射 性 電機 管理辦 法
第十二 條 :經型 式 認證合格 之低功率射 頻電機 ,非 經許 可,公司 、商號 或 使用 者 均不 得擅 自 變更 頻率 、加大 功 率 或 變更 原 設計 之特 性及功 能 。
第十四 條 :低功 率 射頻電機 之使用不得 影響飛 航安 全及 干擾合 法通 信 ;經 發 現 有 干擾 現象 時 ,應 立 即 停用,並 改善 至 無 干擾時 方得 繼續使 用 。低 功率 射頻電 機
需忍受 合 法通 信 或 工業 、科學及醫療 用電波輻 射性 電機設 備之 干擾 。
SAR 標準 值 2.0W/Kg,送 測產品實 測值 為0.545w/Kg

D.4 Safety information


Most accidents that involve product operation, maintenance and repair are caused by
failure to observe basic safety rules or precautions. An accident can often be avoided by
recognizing potentially hazardous situations before an accident occurs. A person must be
alert to potential hazards. This person should also have the necessary training, skills and
tools to perform these functions properly.

Improper operation, lubrication, maintenance or repair of this product can be dangerous


and could result in injury or death.

Do not operate or perform any lubrication, maintenance or repair on this product, until you
have read and understood the operation, lubrication, maintenance and repair information.

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 252


Appendix: D Legal and Regulatory

Safety precautions and warnings are provided in this manual and on the product. If these
hazard warnings are not heeded, bodily injury or death could occur to you or to other
persons.

The hazards are identified by the “Safety Alert Symbol” and followed by a “Signal Word” such
as “DANGER”, “WARNING” or “CAUTION”. The Safety Alert “WARNING” label is shown below.

WARNING — This alert warns of a potential hazard which, if not avoided, can cause
severe injury.

The meaning of this safety alert symbol is as follows:

Attention! Become Alert! Your Safety is Involved.

The message that appears under the warning explains the hazard and can be either written
or pictorially presented.

Operations that may cause product damage are identified by “NOTICE” labels on the
product and in this publication.

Trimble cannot anticipate every possible circumstance that might involve a potential
hazard. The warnings in this publication and on the product are, therefore, not all inclusive.
If a tool, procedure, work method or operating technique that is not specifically
recommended by Trimble is used, you must satisfy yourself that it is safe for you and for
others. You should also ensure that the product will not be damaged or be made unsafe by
the operation, lubrication, maintenance or repair procedures that you choose.

The information, specifications, and illustrations in this publication are on the basis of
information that was available at the time that the publication was written. The
specifications, torques, pressures, measurements, adjustments, illustrations, and other
items can change at any time. These changes can affect the service that is given to the
product. Obtain the complete and most current information before you start any job.
Dealers have the most current information available.

D.4.1 Laser Safety


As with any bright light source, such as the sun, electric welding arcs or arc lamps, common
sense applies:
l DO NOT look into the laser aperture when the laser is on.
l Viewing laser output with telescopic optical instruments (for example, telescopes and
binoculars) may pose an eye hazard.
l Do not remove any warning signs from the laser.
l Use of a laser transmitter by personnel that are not trained on the product may
result in exposure to hazardous laser light.

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 253


Appendix: D Legal and Regulatory

For further information regarding safe use of lasers, refer to the IEC 60825-1 2007, or the
manufacturer’s documentation supplied with your laser transmitter.

D.4.2 Magnet Safety


The neodymium magnets supplied with the magnetic display mount are very strong.
Handling them with care is necessary to prevent personal injuries, and property damage:
l Pacemakers may be damaged or switch to "Test Mode" in the presence of a strong
magnetic force. If a pacemaker is in use, keep a minimum of 30 cm (1 foot) distance.
l Be extremely careful when handling the magnets near other magnets or ferrous
metal. Losing control of a magnet may result in damage to intervening objects, such
as a finger or a cab window.
l Do not remove any warning signs from the magnets.
l The strong magnetic fields of the magnets can damage electronic devices such as
hearing aids, items that rely on magnetic storage media such as credit cards, bank
cards, and computers, and items containing ferromagnetic components such as
mechanical watches.

D.4.3 Crushing prevention and cutting prevention


Support the equipment properly when you work beneath the equipment. Do not depend
on the hydraulic cylinders to hold up the equipment. An attachment can fall if a control is
moved, or if a hydraulic line breaks.

Unless you are instructed otherwise, never attempt adjustments while the machine is
moving. Also, never attempt adjustments while the engine is running.

Whenever there are attachment control linkages, the clearance in the linkage area will
increase or the clearance in the linkage area will decrease with movement of the
attachment. Stay clear of all rotating and moving parts.

Keep objects away from moving fan blades. The fan blade will throw objects or cut objects.

Do not use a kinked wire cable or a frayed wire cable. Wear gloves when you handle wire
cable.

When you strike a retainer pin with force, the retainer pin can fly out. The loose retainer pin
can injure personnel. Make sure that the area is clear of people when you strike a retainer
pin. In order to avoid injury to your eyes, wear protective glasses when you strike a retainer
pin.

Chips or other debris can fly off objects when you strike the objects. Make sure that no one
can be injured by flying debris before striking any object.

D.4.4 Operation
Clear all personnel from the machine and from the area.

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 254


Appendix: D Legal and Regulatory

Clear all obstacles from the machine's path. Beware of hazards (wires, ditches, etc).

Be sure that all windows are clean.

Secure the doors and the windows in the open position or in the shut position.

Adjust the rear mirrors (if equipped) for the best visibility close to the machine.

Make sure that the horn, the travel alarm (if equipped), and all other warning devices are
working properly.

Fasten the seat belt securely.

Warm up the engine and the hydraulic oil before operating the machine.

Only operate the machine while you are in a seat.

The seat belt must be fastened while you operate the machine. Only operate the controls
while the engine is running.

While you operate the machine slowly in an open area, check for proper operation of all
controls and all protective devices. Before you move the machine, you must make sure that
no one will be endangered.

Do not allow riders on the machine unless the machine has the following equipment:
l Additional seat
l Additional seat belt
l Rollover Protective Structure (ROPS)

Note any needed repairs during machine operation. Report any needed repairs.

Avoid any conditions that can lead to tipping the machine. The machine can tip when you
work on hills, on banks and on slopes. Also, the machine can tip when you cross ditches,
ridges or other unexpected obstructions.

Avoid operating the machine across the slope. When possible, operate the machine up the
slopes and down the slopes.

Maintain control of the machine.

Do not overload the machine beyond the machine capacity.

Be sure that the hitches and the towing devices are adequate.

Never straddle a wire cable. Never allow other personnel to straddle a wire cable.

Before you maneuver the machine, make sure that no personnel are between the machine
and the trailing equipment.

Always keep the Rollover Protective Structure (ROPS) installed during machine operation.

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 255


Appendix: D Legal and Regulatory

Monitor the location of mounted components. Ensure that the components do not come
into contact with other parts of the machine during operation.

D.4.5 Exposure to radio frequency (RF) signals


This system uses devices that contain radio transmitters and receivers. The radiated output
power is far below the international radio frequency exposure limits. These limits are part
of comprehensive guidelines and establish permitted levels of RF energy for the general
population. The guidelines are based on the safety standards previously set by
international standards bodies:
l American National Standards Institute (ANSI) IEEE. C95.1-1992.
l National Council on Radiation Protection and Measurement (NCRP). Report 86. 1986.
l Int’l Commission on Non-Ionizing Radiation Protection (ICNIRP) 1996.
l Ministry of Health (Canada), Safety Code 6. The standards include a substantial safety
margin designed to assure the safety of all persons, regardless of age and health.

Use of unauthorized or modified antennas may impair signal quality and damage a device,
causing loss of performance. To assure optimal performance, and ensure human exposure
to RF energy is within the guidelines set forth in the relevant standards, always use a device
in its normal-use position.

Maintain a minimum 20 cm distance from radio transmitters when they are in use. Avoiding
contact with the antenna area when a device is IN USE optimizes the antenna performance.

Exposure to radio frequency radiation from Bluetooth and WLAN


transmitters
Devices are approved as a portable devices with respect to Radio Frequency (RF) exposure
compliance. The radiated output power of the internal wireless radio transmitters is less
than 100 milliwatt, which results in exposure levels far below the FCC radio frequency
exposure limits, even when operated in close proximity to the body. The internal wireless
radios operate within guidelines found in international radio frequency safety standards
and recommendations, which reflect the consensus of the international scientific
community. Trimble therefore believes the internal wireless radios are safe for use by
users. The level of electromagnetic energy emitted is hundreds of times lower than the
electromagnetic energy emitted by wireless devices such as mobile phones. However, the
use of wireless radios may be restricted in some situations or environments, such as on
aircraft. If you are unsure of restrictions, you are encouraged to ask for authorization
before turning on the wireless radios.

Exposure to radio frequency radiation from cellular wireless transmitters


Devices equipped with wireless cellular modem radios have been designed and
manufactured to meet safety requirements for limiting exposure to radio waves. When
used in accordance with the instructions set forth in this manual, the equipment has been

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 256


Appendix: D Legal and Regulatory

independently verified to not exceed the emission limits for safe exposure to radio
frequency (RF) energy as specified by the Federal Communications Commission of the U.S.
Government in 47 CFR §2.1093. These limits are part of comprehensive guidelines and
establish permitted levels of RF energy for the general population. The guidelines are based
on standards that were developed by independent scientific organization through periodic
and thorough evaluation of scientific studies. The standards include a substantial safety
margin designed to assure the safety of all persons, regardless of age and health.

D.4.6 Telecommunications & Internet Association (TIA) information


Hearing Aids: Some digital wireless phones may interfere with some hearing aids. In the
event of such interference, you may want to consult your wireless service provider, or call
customer service to discuss alternatives.

Pacemakers and Other Medical Devices: The Health Industry Manufacturers Association
recommends a minimum separation of six inches be maintained between a handheld
wireless phone and a pacemaker to avoid potential interference with the pacemaker. These
recommendations are consistent with the independent research by and recommendations
of Wireless Technology Research. Persons with pacemakers should use the ear opposite
the pacemaker to minimize the potential for interference. Persons with pacemakers should
exercise great caution if using a hands-free device such as a headset, as these persons may
be at greater risk of the device not maintaining the recommended minimum six inches of
separation from the pacemaker. If you have any reason to suspect that interference is
taking place, turn the device OFF immediately.

If you use any other personal medical device, consult the manufacturer of your device to
determine if they are adequately shielded from external RF energy. Your physician may be
able to assist you in obtaining this information.

Turn the device OFF in health care facilities when any regulations posted in these areas
instruct you to do so. Hospitals or health care facilities may be using equipment that could
be sensitive to external RF energy.

D.4.7 Warnings

WARNING — When replacement parts are required for this product Trimble
recommends using Trimble replacement parts or parts with equivalent
specifications including, but not limited to, physical dimensions, type, strength and
material. Failure to heed this warning can lead to premature failures, product
damage, personal injury or death.

WARNING — Disconnect the negative battery terminal before commencing any


welding. Ensure that power is removed from the system by disconnecting the
power input cable(s). Failure to follow this warning may result in electric shock.

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 257


Appendix: D Legal and Regulatory

WARNING – Do not weld on or drill into any part of the machine’s Roll Over
Protection Structure (ROPS) as this could weaken its structural integrity.

WARNING — When transporting machines with removable sensors such as GNSS


receivers or UTS targets installed, if the sensor mounting bracket clamp loosens,
then the sensor may be dislodged from the machine which may result in injury or
death. Always remove and store removable sensors prior to transport.

WARNING — When removing or installing removable sensors such as GNSS


receivers or UTS targets, if the sensor is accessed improperly, then a fall may result
in injury or death. Always follow site, state or national Health and Safety guidelines
when removing or installing removable sensors.

WARNING — The magnets on the magnetic display mount are strong. If parts of
your hands get between two magnets when you move them, the magnets may
suddenly move and pinch or clamp the skin. When the magnets are close together,
position your hands so they are not between the two magnets.

WARNING — If you have a pacemaker and handle the magnetic display mount, the
magnet can affect the function of the pacemaker and cause physical harm. Remain
at least 30 cm (1 foot) from the magnetic display mount if you have a pacemaker.

WARNING — Before disconnecting electrical components, disconnect the battery


cable and attach a Do Not Operate tag in the operator's compartment to inform
personnel that the equipment is being worked on. Accidental engine starting can
cause injury or death to personnel working on the equipment. To avoid accidental
engine starting, place and lock a lock-out box onto the battery terminal.

WARNING — The front linkage may move abruptly and in unexpected directions
when you check the connections between the joystick, valve module, and the valve
block. This sudden movement could cause injury to anyone near the front linkage.
To avoid injury, make sure that there is adequate clearance from people and
objects and be prepared to lock the hydraulic functions.

WARNING — If the attachment has a quick coupler and the coupler is not
connected correctly, the attachment may come off. This could cause injury to
anyone near the attachment. To avoid injury, make sure that the coupler is fully
engaged and the mechanism linking the stick and attachment is firmly secured
before moving.

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 258


Appendix: D Legal and Regulatory

WARNING — When working with a raised attachment, if you allow parts of your
body to extend under the attachment or the front linkage, then unexpected
movement of the attachment or front linkage may result in injury or death. Always
maintain adequate clearance from the potential path of the attachment or front
linkage.

WARNING — Do not leave the cab when Depth Autos is engaged. When Depth
Autos is engaged, the system will control movement of the boom and attachment.
These movements could cause injury to anyone near the attachment, or damage
to the machine. Always put the attachment on the ground and engage the
hydraulic lockout before you leave the machine.
Do not use Depth Autos if the ground conditions are unstable. Only use Depth
Autos to grade a finish surface. Disarm Depth Autos when you perform other
applications, such as lifting.

WARNING — When Tilt Autos is engaged, the system will control movement of the
attachment tilt. These movements could cause injury to anyone near the
attachment, or damage to the machine. Always put the attachment on the ground
and engage the hydraulic lockout before you leave the machine.
Do not use Tilt Autos when somebody is working near the attachment or if the
ground conditions are unstable. Only use Tilt Autos to grade a finish surface.
Disarm Tilt Autos when you perform other applications, such as lifting.

WARNING — When Depth and Tilt Autos is engaged, the system will control
movement of the boom and attachment. These movements could cause injury to
anyone near the attachment, or damage to the machine. Always put the
attachment on the ground and engage the hydraulic lockout before you leave the
machine.
Do not use Depth and Tilt Autos when somebody is working near the attachment
or if the ground conditions are unstable. Only use Depth and Tilt Autos to grade a
finish surface. Disarm Depth and Tilt Autos when you perform other applications,
such as lifting.

WARNING — Do not stare into the laser beam when the laser transmitter is
operating. For more information, refer to the documentation that came with your
laser.

WARNING – The TD520 display screen is designed to minimize glare in a wide


variety of environments. However, when using the display in direct sunlight, there
is still the possibility of sun-strike on the screen leading to loss of visibility.

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 259


Appendix: D Legal and Regulatory

WARNING — Entering an avoidance zone could cause personal injury or damage


to the machine. Always be aware of nearby avoidance zones when operating a
machine.

WARNING — You are responsible for observing safe operating practices. This
product does not guarantee error-free avoidance zone guidance.

WARNING — When an attachment is fully curled in, the stick may extend into an
avoidance zone before the breach is reported on screen and audibly.

WARNING — If the machine enters an avoidance zone during camera calibration,


the operator does not receive a warning. Avoid calibrating the AR camera when the
machine is near an avoidance zone.

Trimble® Earthworks Excavator Operator's Manual | 260


Notices
© 2017 Trimble Incorporated. All rights reserved.

See https://heavyindustry.trimble.com/earthworksreleases for the latest:


l Terms and conditions.
l Important safety information.
l Warranty and compliance information.

To provide feedback on this document, email feedback_documentation@trimble.com.

You might also like